of
Volume 5
Edited b y
Klaus Florey
The Squibb Institute for Medical Research
New Brunswick, New Jersey
Contributing Editors
G.A. Brewer, The Squibb Institute for Medical Research, New Brunswick, New
Jersey
K. Florey, The Squibb Institute for Medical Research, New Brunswick, New
Jersey
vii
AFFILIATIONS OF EDITORS A N D CONTRIBUTORS
viii
AFFILIATIONS OF EDITORS A N D CONTRIBUTORS
ix
PREFACE
Although the official compendia list tests and limits for drug substances
related to identity, purity, and strength, they normally do not provide other
physical or chemical data, nor do they list methods of synthesis or pathways of
physical or biological degredation and metabolism. For drug substances impor-
tant enough to be accorded monographs in the official compendia such supple-
mental information should also be made readily available. To this end the Phar-
maceutical Analysis and Control Section, Academy of Pharmaceutical Sciences,
has undertaken a cooperative venture to compile and publish Analytical Profiles
of Drug Substances in a series of volumes of which this is the fifth.
The concept of Analytical Profiles is taking hold not only for cornpendial
drugs but, increasingly, in the industrial research laboratories. Analytical Profiles
are being prepared and periodically updated to provide physico-chemical and
analytical information of new drug substances during the consecutive stages of
research and development. Hopefully, then, in the not too distant future, the
publication of an Analytical Profile will require a minimum of effort whenever a
new drug substance is selected for compendial status.
The cooperative spirit of our contributors had made this venture possible.
All those who have found the profiles useful are earnestly requested to contrib-
ute a monograph of their own. The editors stand ready to receive such contribu-
tions.
Klaus Florey
xi
BENDROFLUMETHIAZIDE
CONTENTS
1. Description
1.1 History
1.2 Name, Formula, Molecuiar Weight
1.3 Appearance, Color,Odor
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Infrared Spectrum
2.2 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2.3 Ultraviolet Spectrum
2.4 Mass Spectrum
2.5 Melting Range
2.6 Differential Thermal Analysis
2.7 Solubility
2.8 Crystal Properties
2.9 pKa
3. Synthesis
4. Stability and Degradation
5. Drug Metabolic Products - Pharmacokinetics
6. Methods of Analysis
6.1 Elemental Analysis
6.2 Spectrophotometric Analysis
6.3 Colorimetric Analysis
6.4 Nonaqueous Titration
6.5 Chromatographic Analysis
6.51 Paper
6.52 Thin-Layer
7. Identification and Determination in
Biological Fluids
8. Miscellaneous
9. References
2
BENDROFLUMETH IAZIDE
1. Description
1.1 Histor
d l u m e t h i a z i d e belongs to the class
of thiazide diuretics. Its synthesis was first
reported by Holdrege, Babel and Cheneyl in
1959 and its diuretic activity was first
described in 960 almost simultaneously by Lund
and Kobing
Cunningham s.and by Kennedy, Buchanan and
1.2
Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
Bendroflumethiazide (also bendrofluazide,
benydroflumethiazide, and benzylhydroflumethiazide)
is 2H-1,2,4-Benzothiadiazine-7-sulfonamide, 3,4-
dihydro-3-(phenyl methyl)-6-trifluoromethyl-l,l-
a
dioxide or 3-Benzyl-3,4-dihydro-6-(trifluoro-
methyl)-2H-1,2,4-benzothiad~az~ne-7-sulfonam~de-
1,l dioxide [73-48-31,
0 0
H > ' ( NH@ SO'
HC-CH2
CF 3
H
Mol. Wt. 421.41
1' SH1qF 3N304 2
2.2
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
The 60 MHz proton magnetic resonance
spectrum in d4-methanol containing tetramethyl-
silane as an intern93 reference (Figure 2) is
assigned as follows :
3
4
wrn
=w=
H H
cu
h
a
rl
m
cl
al
kC\
fdk
G G
fd
al
..
Instrument: Perkin-Elmer 621.
m
H ~1.67(s)
not assigned
Q T2.7
I n d6-DMSO ( F i g u r e 3 1 , t h e NH p r o t o n r e s o n a n c e s
were observed near ~ 1 . 7 5( s i n g l e t , superimposed
w i t h a r y l p r o t o n ) , ~2 ( b r o a d ) , 2 . 4 5 ( s i n g l e t ) and
2.57 ( s i n g l e t ) ( F i g u r e 3) i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e o t h e r
p r o t o n s a s s i g n e d from t h e dq-methanol spectrum.
The h i g h e r f i e l d s i n g l e t s a t ~ 2 . 4 5and 2.57 are
t e n t a t i v e l y a s s i g n e d t o t h e sulfonamide -NH2
p r o t o n s . N o p r e f e r e n c e of assignment i s made of
t h e o t h e r two -NH p r o t o n s . On a d d i t i o n of D 2 0 , t h e
-NH p r o t o n s a r e r a p i d l y exchanged f o r d e u t e r i u m ,
r e s u l t i n g i n t h e d i s a p p e a r a n c e of t h e NH p r o t o n s
and sharpening of t h e p r o t o n r e s o n a n c e n e a r ~5
which now a p p e a r s l i k e t h a t of t h e dq-methanol
spectrum .
2.3 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrum
Squibb House S t a n d a r d ( b a t c h #15) i n
methanol f x h i b i t e d t h r e e maxima a t 208 mu (El 7 4 5 ) ,
273 mp (E 565) and 326 mu (Ei 9 6 ) 1 3 . 1
T h i s ag i s w i t h measurements by P i l s b u and
JacksonfF and by Kracmar and L a s t o v k o v a f i who
d i s c u s s t h e U . V . spectrophotometry of b e n z o t h i a -
d i a z i n e s and p r e s e n t s p e c t r a .
2.4 Mass Spectrum
The l o w r e s o l u t i o n mass spectrum
( F i g u r e 4 ) shows o n l y a v e r y weak m o l e c u l a r i o n
(M+) of m / e 4 2 1 and a b a s e peak o f m / e 319 t h a t
could a r i s e by a double p r o t o n r e a r r a n g e m e n t ,
which i s n o t a common f r a g m e n t a t i o n pathway. The
assignment of some of t h e fragment i o n s i s shown
below:
6
0 L I 4 c 7 r S in
12-FEB-76 MR0587
I00 I
90..
I
80.-
70.-
60.-
5 0.-
40-
ie
MRSS/CHRRGE
INTENSITY SUM = 1 8 3 3 9 BRSE PERK Z = 8 . 3 2
319
H
2"H2
330191 H
77
m/e 402 6 M+ m/e 4 2 1 m/e 303
-so2NH2 m/e 302 (-HI
m/e 239 \<
-
-so2
m/e 255 4 m/e 319- m/e 302 -so2NH2, m/e 2 2 2
Although t h e s e a p p e a r t o be r e a s o n a b l e a s s i g n m e n t s ,
t h e y should be c o n s i d e r e d t e n t a t i v e s i n c e t h e
s
a s s i nments a r e n o t confirmed by h i g h - r e s o l u t i o n
d a t a 3.
9
KLAUS FLOREY AND FRANK M. RUSSO-ALES1
S o l u b l e i n a l k a l i , a c e t o n e and a l c o h o l . S o l u b l e
i n one e q u i v a l e n t of 0 . 1 N NaOH. S l i g h t l y s o l u b l e
i n e t h e r . I n s o l u b l e i n a c i d , benzene, l i g r o i n and
petroleum e t h e r l 7 . S t a b l e c o n c e n t r a t e d s o l u t i o n
i n p o l y e t h y l e n e g l y c o l , water and dimethyl-
a c e t a n i l i d e o r N-methyl-2-pyrolidinone have been
claimed (18).
2.8 Crystal Properties
The powder x-ray d i f f r a c t i o n p a t t e r n i s
p r e s e n t e d i n Table I and F i g u r e 517.
TABLE I
0
d (A) * I/I0**
17.23 0.528
13.27 0.356
11.63 0.103
8.94 0*246 *d = i n t e r p l a n a r d i s t a n c e
8.11 0.148
7.64 0.118 - 1
11 n
7.36 0.100
6.70 0.199 Z @
6.34 0.124
5.91 0.341 X = 1.539 A
5.48
5.31 0*141 Radiation: K a l and
0.194
4.82 0.162 Ka2 Copper
4.67 0.545
4.53
0.206 ** R
4.46 l'ooo elative intensity
4.31 0.175 based on h i g h e s t
4.19 0.516 i n t e n s i t y of 1 . 0 0
3.96 0.213
3.84 0.357
3.75 0.185
3.69 0.248
3.63 0.289
3.54 0.205
3.44 0.140
3.40 0.145
3.19 0.166
3.11 0.145
2.99 0.157
10
I
I
2.9 pKa
A pKa of 8.5320.05 was determined b
using the solubility variation with pH method4<
3. Synthesis
(see Figure 6)
The synthesis of bendroflumethiazide (I)
by cyclization of 4-amino-6-trifluoromethyl-m-
benzenedisulfonamide (11) with phenylacetaldehydel
(111) was e c 1 e by Holdrege, Babel and Cheney .
and others 4~'~r;'t6.Alternate approaches are
condensation of 4-amino-6-trifluoromethyl-m-
benzenedisulfonyl chloride (IV) with phenyl-
acetaldehyde (111) in the presence of ammonia8,9 ,
condensation of I11 with phenylacetimine (V)10,
reaction of 4-amino-6-trifluoromethyl-m-benzene-
disulfonamide (11) with cetoxystyrene (VI) in the
presence of acetic acid" and by hydrogenation of
3-benzyl-6-trifl~oromethyl-7-sulfamoyl-l,2~4-
benzothiadiazine 1,l-dioxide (VII) with lithium
aluminum hydridel2.
4. Stability and Degradation
Bendroflumethiazide, as a solid, appears to be
very stable. The solid, exposed to.606-C. for a
period of two weeks showed no decomposition as
measured by I.R. and modified Bratton-Marshal
reaction. In ethanol (1 mg/ml), it showed
significant changes (22% decomposition) at the
end of two weeks at 60 C. In aqueous suspension,
almost complete breakdown to the disulfonamide (11,
Figurfg6) occurred at the end of one week at
6OOC. .
In alkaline solution (pH 12) bendroflu-
methiazide undergoes complete hydro1 sis
disulfonamide (11) in one hour at 351: C. 2@2the 21
It is also unstable under certain acid conditions .
5. -
Drug Metabolic Products Pharmacokinetics
No drug metabolites have been identified so
far. The Pharmacokinetics ha55 been studied in
the rat24 and in human beings .
In human beings,
orally or intravenously administered doses of
S35-labeled bendroflumethiazide a excreted
almost quantitatively in 24 hourss5. The
stability of the trifluoromethyl group was
12
H2NSOZ
+
CF3
@ H=CHOCOCH I1 @H2-CH0
"'mC
0!
J"/' I11
H2NS0
0 0
LiAlH4
v1
'
Y NH2 - 0 0
+S4
-CH2
4
13
0
x-
V
I
C F'3 - C H 2 a 3 H
VII NaO/ I k 4 0 H
H
H
3
Q
B
c H -cH=NH SO'C1 +
v I11
NH
CF 3
IV
w
l-l
a
m
4J
S y n t h e t i c Pathways t o B e n d r o f l u m e t h i a z i d e
0
k
0
a,
c
In
Figure 6.
KLAUS FLOREY AND FRANK M. RUSSO-ALES1
14
in methanol as stationary phase. For quantitation, the spots are eluted with
methanol and the concentration is determined spectrophotometrically (see 6.2)33.
Identification and separation from other thiazide diuretics by
paper chromatography has also been reportedl5.
6.52 Thin-Layer Chromatography
Thin layer chromatographic systems are compiled in the
following table.
Absorbent Solvent System -
Ref. -
Rf
250 Silica Gel G Benzene-Ethyl Acetate (2:8) and 34 0.91
Ethyl Acetate-Methanol
Ammonium Hydroxide (85:10 :5)
G 250 Silica Gel G Propanol-2/12N Ammonia (8:2) 34 0.88
n 11
G Propanol-l/12N Ammonia (8:2) 34 0.93
11 II
" G Butanol-l/12N Ammonia (8 :2) 34 0.70
11 II
G Pentanol-l/12N Ammonia (8:2) 34 0.54
11 n
G
'I Ethyl Acetate/l2N Ammonia (8:2) 34 0.98
11 I1
" G Chloroformflethanol (8:2) 34 0.52
I1 11
" G Cyclohexane/Glacial Acetic Acid/ 34 0.98
Acetone (4:1:5)
Silica Gel Toluene/xylene/l-4-Dioxane/Isopropanol/ 35
25% Ammonia (50:10 :30 :10)
Silica Gel Ethanol/Chloroform/Heptane (1:l:l) 36 0.98
Alumina GF-254 (1st) Ethanol: (2nd) Chloroform/ 37 -
(Two Dimensional) Bu tanol
Silica Gel Ethanol containing 1.5% Water 37 0.71
Alumina G Ethanol 38 -
Absorbent Solvent System Ref.
- -
Rf
Silica Gel G Ethanol/Benzene (80:20) 38 -
Silica Gel Ethyl Acetate/Benzene (8:2) 39 0.70
It I1
Benzene/Ethyl Acetate/25% Ammonia/ 39 0.75
Methanol (20:80 :1:10)
I1 I1
Ethyl Acetate/Benzene/25% Ammonia/ 39 0.40
Methanol (60:4 0 :20)
Silica Gel Ethyl Acetate/Benzene/Ammonia/ 39 0.68
25% Methanol (50:40:2:10)
Silica Gel n-Hexane/Acetone/Ethylamine (60:30:10) 39 0.10
n-Hexane/Acetone/Diethylamine (40:40:20) 39 0.46
Silica Gel Chloroform/Methanol/Diethylamine 39 0.75
(80:15:5)
Silica Gel G Benzene/Ethyl Acetate (2:8) 40 0.82
I1
" G Ethyl Acetate/Methanol/Ammonium 40 0.82
Hydroxide (85:10:5
11
G Ethyl Acetate/Benzene (8:2) 41 0.98
Identification of oral hypoglycemic and diuretic drugs by TLC using metal ions
has been described42.
7. Identification and Determination in Biological Fluids
In plasma: Colorimetrically12
In urine: Calorimetrically 24
Radioactivity25
TLC39 r 40 t 41
8. Miscellaneous 43,44
Pharmaceutical preparation of bendroflumethiazide have been patented
BEN DROFLUMETH IAZIDE
9. References
1. C. T. Holdrege, R. B. Babel and L. C. Cheney,
J. Am. Chem. SOC. 81, 4807 (1959)
2. A. C. Kennedy, K. b. Buchanan and
C. Cunningham, Lancet 1960-1, 1267.
3. F. Lund, W. 0. Godtfredsen, Brit. Pat.
863,474 (1961); C.A. 55, 19,971d (1961) also
U . S . Pat. 3,392,168 n968).
4. J. G. Topliss, M. H. Sherlock, F. H. Clarke,
M. C. Daly, B. W. Pettersen, J. Lipski and
N. Sperber, J. Org. Chem. 26, 3842 (1961).
5. J. Klosa and H. Voigt, J. =act. Chem. 16,
264 (1962), also Ger. (East) Pat. 3 1 , 4 8 r
(1964); C.A. 63, 14,887g (1965), Brit. Pat.
1,049,322 (1960) C.A. 66, 65,5343 (1967) and
Belg. Pat. 631,232 (1963); C.A. - 60, 14,528b
(1964).
6. K. Abildgaard, Fr. Pat. 1,586,602 (1970)
C.A. 74, 100,112J (1971).
7. E. Schoenfeldt and H. Thorsteinson, Brit. Pat.
-
879,592 (1961); C.A. 57, 844f (1962).
8. L. C. Cheney and C. T. Holdrege, Fr. Pat.
1,368,708 (1964); C . A . 62, 9157c (1965).
9. J. Klosa, Brit. Pat. 1,063,102 (1967);
C.A. 67,- 11,514e (1967).
10. Brit. Pat. 898,109 (1962); C.A. - 57 12,516a
(1962).
-
11. Fr, Pat. 1,388,607 (1965); C.A. 63, 7,024b
(1965).
12. Gl Hurka, Austrian Pat. 253,513 (1967);
C.A. 67, 11,512~(1967).
13. J. D ux a m , The Squibb Institute, Personal
Communjcation.
14. J. Kracmar and M. Lastovkovi, Pharmazie -
V V
25,
464 (1970); Cesk. Farm. 20, 287 (1971);
C.A. 76, 144,8783 (1972).
15. V. B.Pilsbury and J. V. Jackson, J. Pharm.
Pharmac. 18, 713 (1966).
16. F. J. Lunrand W. Kobinger, Acta Pharmacol.
-
et Toxicol. 16, 297 (1960).
17. H. Jacobson, The Squibb Institute, Personal
Communication.
18. J. Ueda, Japan Pat. 25,692 (1963); C.A. - 60,
9,107f (1964).
19. M. Everhard, The Squibb Institute, Private
Communication.
17
KLAUS FLOREY AND FRANK M. RUSSO-ALES1
18
BENDROFLUMETHIZAIDE
19
CEPHRADINE
Klaus Florey
KLAUS FLOREY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Description
1.1 Name
1.2 Definition
1.3 Formula and Molecular Weight
1.4 Appearance, Color, Odor
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Infrared Spectra
2.2 NMR Spectra
2.3 Mass Spectrum
2.4 Ultraviolet Spectrum
2.5 Optical Rotation
2.6 Melting Range
2.7 Differential Thermal Analysis
2.8 Thermogravimetric Analysis
2.9 Ionization Constant, pK
2.10 Solubility
2.11 Crystal Properties
3. Synthesis
4. Stability-Degradation
4.1 Bulk Stability
4.2 Solution Stability
5. Drug Metabolism, Pharmacokinetics
6. Methods of Analysis
6.1 Elemental Analysis
6.2 Microbiological Analysis
6.3 Iodometric Analysis
6.4 Spectrophotometric Analysis
6.5 Fluorometric Analysis
6.6 Colorimetric Analysis
6.7 Chromatographic Analysis
6.71 Paper
6.72 Thin-layer
6.73 Column
7. Determination in Body Fluids and Tissues
8. Determination in Pharmaceutical Preparations
9. References
22
CEPHRADINE
1. Description
1.1 Names
Cephradine is @,
-
7 ( - ) -2-amino- (1,4
cyclohexadien-l-yl)acetamido-3-rnethyl-8-0~0-5-
thia-l-azabicyclo-oct-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid;
also 7-p-amino-2-(1,4 cyclohexadienyl)
acetamido7-desacetyl-cephalosporanic acid.
1.2 -Definition
Cephradine, unless specified otherwise,
is defined as a hydrated form containing 3-6% of
water (for further discussion see Section 2.11).
1.3 Formula,Molecular Weiqht
/+
U C IH - 8- !jT~++-cH3
NH2
0 CO2H
C16H19N304S
Molecular Weights: 349.41 anhydrous
367.43 monohydra te
385.45 dihydrate
1.4 Appearance,Color,Odor
White crystalline powder, odorless to
slightly sulphurous.
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Infrared Spectra
Spectra of cephradine (Batch #NN005NC)
(Figure l), cephradine dihydrate(house standard
batch #NNOO5NB) (Figure 2), cephradine mono-
hydrate recrystallized from acetonitrile-water
(sample MSA 38719) (Figure 3 ) and cephradine
monohydrate recrystallized from methanol (sample
MSA 38680) (Figure 4) are presented'.
23
FREQUENCY (a')
WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)
2.2 NMR S p e c t r a
NMR s p e c t r a i n CF3COOH ( F i g u r e 5 ) and
D20 (Figure 6) a r e presented2.
I n t r i f l u o r o a c e t i c a c i d (TFA), t h e
compound e x i s t s i n p r o t o n a t e d form w i t h the NMR
s h i f t o f the NH+ a t Z 2 . 4 4 w i t h r e f e r e n c e t o i n -
t e r n a l t e t r a m e t h y l s i l a n e ( T M S ) . The i m i d e NH
p r o t o n a p p e a r i n g a s a d o u b l e t (J = 9.0 H z ) a t
Z 2 . 0 0 i s c o u p l e d t o o n e o f B-lactam r i n g p r o t o n s ,
which a p p e a r a s a q u a r t e t (J = 9 . 0 , 4 . 0 Hz) a t
C4.20. The s e c o n d @ - l a c t a m p r o t o n r e s o n a n c e i s
a d o u b l e t (J = 4 . 0 H z ) a t % = 4.74. The S-CH2
g r o u p p r o t o n s a p p e a r a s AB q u a r t e t (J = 1 8 . 0 Hz)
a t C 6 . 3 6 and 6.54 w h i l e t h e m e t h y l g r o u p a p p e a r s
a t C7.61. I n t h e dihydrophenyl r i n g , t h e o l e f i n i c
p r o t o n s a p p e a r a t f 3.62 (1 H ) and 4 . 2 1 ( 2 H ) . T h e
r e s o n a n c e a t Z 7 . 1 3 i s a s s i g n e d t o f o u r p r o t o n s of
the dihydro ring. F i n a l l y t h e m e t h i n e p r o t o n of
the CHNHf g r o u p a p p e a r s a s a m u l t i p l e t a t f 5 . 0 0 .
The s p e c t r u m o b t a i n e d i n d e u t e r i u m o x i d e
c o n t a i n i n g a d r o p of sodium d e u t e r i u m oxide was
recorded using 3-(trimethyl sily1)-1-propansul-
f o n i c a c i d sodium s a l t a s an i n t e r n a l r e f e r e n c e .
The amine a n d NH g r o u p p r o t o n s a r e exchanged w i t h
D20. I n t h e dihydrophenyl r i n g , t h e chemical
s h i f t s a r e t w o o l e f i n i c hydrogens a t C 4 . 2 5 , one
o l e f i n i c p r o t o n a t X 4 . 1 5 and t h e o t h e r f o u r hy-
drogens a t Z 7 . 3 1 . The @ - l a c t a m r i n g p r o t o n s a r e
a p a i r o f d o u b l e t s (J = 4 . 0 H z ) a t t 4 . 4 2 and 4 . 9 4
The S - m 2 g r o u p p r o t o n s a p p e a r a s a AB q u a r t e t
(J = 1 8 . 0 ) a t C 6 . 8 1 and 6 . 4 3 . The m e t h y l
r e s o n a n c e i s a d o u b l e t a t C 8 . 2 1 and may be a
r e s u l t o f p a r t i a l i s o m e r i z a t i o n of the d o u b l e bond
i n t h e b a s i c s o l u t i o n . F i n a l l y , t h e m e t h i n e (CHNHd
p r o t o n h a s a c h e m i c a l s h i f t o f 6.00C 2 .
NMR c a n a l s o be u s e d t o d e t e r m i n e t h e
amount o f r e s i d u a l c e p h a l e x i n by comparing t h e
a r e a u n d e r t h e p h e n y l r o o n s ( . C 2 . 5 0 ) and
o l e f i n i c p r o t o n s ( z 3. E4) 5.
28
F i g u r e 5. N M R S p e c t r u m of C e p h r a d i n e B a t c h NN005NC i n CF3COOH
I n s t r u m e n t : v a r i a n XL-100.
- ., , ,
n
I:
U
An i n t e n s e i o n a t m/e 180 (see s p e c t r u m )
c o r r e s p o n d s t o 11,
I1
a n o t h e r i n t e r v a l i o n a t m/e 230 c o r r e s p o n d s t o
111.
C - 0 Si(CH3I3
II
O I11
which i s a t y p i c a l f r a g m e n t o b t a i n e d from
8-lactam r i n g fragmentations3.
31
1FIB
>
t.
f.n
Z
lL
k-
96l
815
715
68
/
-
Z
Id
56l
2 9
15
$ 3 ;
j 315
K
zh:
161
MASS/CHARGE
Table 1
27O
L 3 -7 D conc. Approx. 1%
2.6 M e l t i n q Range
Cephradine m e l t s w i t h decomposition.
The m e l t i n g range (USP) of cephradine d i h y d r a t e
house s t a n d a r d (Batch NN005NB) was 183-185O.
The m e l t i n g range of t y p i c a l b a t c h e s of cephra-
d i n e h a s v a r i e d from 175-192O.
2 . 7 D i f f e r e n t i a l Thermal A n a l y s i s
The thermogram of cephradine e x h i b i t s a
s i n g l e exotherm a t approximately 200-203O,
depending on h e a t i n g r a t e . T h i s exotherm
i n d i c a t e s o x i d a t i v e decomposition accompanied by
melting6. On t h e o t h e r hand t h e thermogram of
c e p h r a d i n e d i h y d r a t e e x h i b i t s two endothermic
peaks a t a b o u t 90° and a t a b o u t 102O which a r e
r e l a t e d t o t h e h y d r a t i o n of t h e compound. A de-
composition exotherm i s observed a t about 20OoC.
The d i f f e r e n c e i n t e m p e r a t u r e between t h e two
endothermic peaks i s a measure of t h e stress
( g r i n d i n g , h e a t i n g ) l e a d i n g t o d e h y d r a t i o n , to
which t h e sample i s s u b j e c t e d 6 .
Thermograms of c e p h r a d i n e d i h y d r a t e ,
cephradine, c e p h a l e x i n7 , and cephradine mono-
h y d r a t e ( r e c r y s t a l l i z e d from a c e t o n i t r i l e - w a t e r ) '
a r e p r e s e n t e d i n F i g u r e a6. The absence Of an
endotherm f o r cephradine s u g g e s t s t h a t cephradine
i s n o t a t r u e h y d r a t e and t h e w a t e r i s n o t
s t r u c t u r a l l y bound i n t h e c r y s t a l - l a t t i c e ( s e e
a l s o s e c t i o n 2.11). On t h e o t h e r hand t h e d i -
h y d r a t e , t h e monohydrates o b t a i n e d by
r e c r y s t a l l i z a t i o n from a c e t o n i t r i l e - w a t e r 7 ( s h a r p
endotherm a t 150-152O) and methanol8 (Endotherm
a t 152O)as w e l l a s cephalexin7 a r e t r u e h y d r a t e s ?
DTA h a s a l s o been used a s a s c r e e n i n g
technique t o s t u d y t h e i n t e r a c t i o n o f c e p h r a d i n e
with p o t e n t i a l adjuvants t o a parenteral
formula t ion9 .
34
CEPHR AD IN E
Figure 8. D i f f e r e n t i a l
The rmog rams
35
KLAUS FLOREY
2.8 Thermogravimetric A n a l y s i s
By t h e r m o g r a v i m e t r i c a n a l y s i s (TGA) o f
t y p i c a l batches o f c e p h r a d i n e from 3 t o 6%
v o l a t i l e s ( w a t e r ) , w e r e found ( t h e o r y f o r
monohydrate w a t e r 4 . 9 3 % ) . The d i h y d r a t e ( b a t c h
B49988D)by TGA g a v e 9.8% v o l a t i l e s ( t h e o r y f o r
d i h y d r a t e w a t e r 9 . 3 5 % ) . VPC was u s e d t o c o n f i r m
the v o l a t i l e compound a s w a t e r 4 8 . The 13% loss
shown b y TGA a t a b o u t 200-210°(decomposition
p o i n t ) i s assumed t o be due t o d e c a r b o x y l a t i o n 6 .
2 . 9 I o n i z a t i o n C o n s t a n t , pK
By t i t r a t i o n w i t h sodium h y d r o x i d e a
pK1 of 2 . 6 3 and pK2 o f 7 . 2 7 w a s found6.
2.10 S o l u b i l i t y
T h e r e i s no d i f f e r e n c e i n s o l u b i l i t y of
t h e v a r i o u s c r y s t a l forms. The s o l u b i l i t y o f
c e p h r a d i n e i n b u f f e r s a t d i f f e r e n t pH v a l u e s i s
reported i n Table 2.
Table 2
S o l u b i l i t y of Cephradine a t D i f f e r e n t pH Values
pH of S a t u r a t e d Solubility
pH of b u f f e r Solution mq/ml
4.00 4.02 35.8
water 4.91 21.3
60% s u c r o s e 5.0 17.1
5.00 5.04 21.1
6.03 5.90 20.5
7.20 6.12 28.2
8. 20 7.09 36.7
9. i a 7.41 49.6
Cephradine i s p r a c t i c a l l y i n s o l u b l e i n
e t h y l e t h e r , c h l o r o f o r m , b e n z e n e and h e x a n e . The
a n t i b i o t i c i s very s l i g h t l y soluble i n acetone
and a b s o l u t e e t h a n o l . I t i s f r e e l y soluble i n
propylene glycol. The s o l u b i l i t y terminology
u s e d i s t a k e n from U S P X V I I I .
The i n t r i n s i c d i s s o l u t i o n r a t e s of
c e p h r a d i n e and i t s d i h y d r a t e a s w e l l as
36
CEPHRADINE
c e p h a l e x i n were found i d e n t i c a l a t an a g i t a t i o n
i n t e n s i t y of 100 rpm 10 . The observed i n t r i n s i c
d i s s o l u t i o n r a t e s (mg/ml/min/cm2) a r e a s f o l l o w s :
Intrinsic
Compound Temperature D i s s o l u t i o n Rate
Cephradine 2 2oc 0.08
37oc 0.1
Cephradine
dihydrate 2 2oc 0.08
37OC 0.09
Cephalexin 2 2% 0.08
3 7% 0.09
2 . 1 1 Crystal Properties
There i s c o n s i d e r a b l e evidence f o r
polymorphism and f o u r polymorphs o r r a t h e r
pseudopolymorphs have been c h a r a c t e r i z e d s o f a r .
1. ) Cephradine, h y d r a t e d . Although t h e
w a t e r c o n t e n t v a r i e s from 3-6% i t i s n o t a
s t o i c h i o m e t r i c hydrate s i n c e t h e water apparently
moves f r e e l y i n t h e c r y s t a l l a t t i c e ( s e e s e c t i o n
2 . 7 ) . I t i s o b t a i n e d from aqueous s o l u t i o n .
Anhydrous cephradine h a s been p r e p a r e d and was
found t o be v e r y s t a b l e and r e s i s t a n t t o
o x i d a t i o n t o c e p h a l e x i n , when k e p t a n h y d r o u s ( s e e
s e c t i o n 4 . 1 ) . However, i t cannot be p r o p e r l y
c h a r a c t e r i z e d , s i n c e i t immediately h y d r a t e s on
exposure t o t h e atmosphere.
2 . ) Cephradine d i h y d r a t e . T h i s
compound which c r y s t a l l i z e s from aqueous s o l u t i o n
under c o n t r o l l e d c o n d i t i o n s l l , i s a t r u e dihy-
drate (see section 2 . 7 ) . I t i s v e r y s t a b l e and
r e s i s t a n t t o o x i d a t i o n t o c e p h a l e x i n . However, on
d e h y d r a t i o n ( l o s s of c r y s t a l s t r u c t u r e ) t h e
d i h y d r a t e becomes v e r y u n s t a b l e ( s e e s e c t i o n 4 . 1 ) .
The s t r u c t u r e of c e p h r a d i n e d i h y d r a t e
was determined by s i n g l e c r y s t a l x-ray d i f f r a c -
t i o n i n o r d e r t o i n v e s t i g a t e t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e
w a t e r molecules i n t h e c r y s t a l and t h e hydrogen
37
KLAUS FLOREY
bonding of t h e w a t e r t o v a r i o u s s i t e s i n t h e
cephradine molecule50. The hydrogen bonding
p a t t e r n i s i n d i c a t e d i n f i g u r e 9 . There are t w o
molecules i n t h e u n i t c e l l . The p r o j e c t i o n of
one i s shown. The second i s symmetry r e l a t e d by
180° r o t a t i o n i n t h e p l a n e of p r o j e c t i o n , and
t r a n s l a t i o n of 1 / 2 of t h e b r e p e a t , Atoms of t h e
second molecule i n v o l v e d i n hydrogen bonding a r e
i n d i c a t e d w i t h a prime n o t a t i o n .
The bonding may b e summarized a s
follows: Water oxygens a r e numbered 69 and 71.
Water oxygen #69 bonds w i t h t h e @-lactam carbonyl
of molecule 1, t h e amide n i t r o g e n 13”, of molecule
2 , and w i t h t h e second w a t e r molecule # 7 1 . Water
oxygen # 7 1 Ponds w i t h one of t h e carboxyl
oxygens, 64 , of molecule 2 , and w i t h w a t e r
molecule #69. The amino n i t r o g e n , N5’ of
molecule 2 bonds w i t h b o t h carboxyl oxygens.
3 . ) Cephradine monohydrate r e c r y s t a l l i z e d
from a c e t o n i t r i l e water8. T h i s i s a t r u e h y d r a t e
(see s e c t i o n 2 . 7 ) .
4 . ) Cephradine r e c r y s t a l l i z e d from an-
hydrous methanol8 a l s o a p p e a r s t o b e a t r u e mono-
h y d r a t e , a l t h o u g h a n o t h e r one h a l f mole of
unbound w a t e r was a l s o p r e s e n t . N o r e s i d u a l
methanol was found.
Cephradine, g e n e r a l l y , seems t o have
a tendency t o form s o l v a t e s s i n c e a c e t o n i t r i l e
and e t h y l e n e g l y c o l s o l v a t e s have been observed 1 2 .
Powder x-ray p a t t e r n s of t h e f o u r c r y s t a l forms
a r e p r e s e n t e d i n Tables 3-613.
The u n i t c e l l dimension, s p a c e group
and c e l l c o n t e n t d e t e r m i n a t i o n s of t h e f o u r
c r y s t a l forms w e r e made by s i n g l e x-ray c r y s t a l l -
ographyl and a r e p r e s e n t e d i n Table 7.
For f u r t h e r d i s c u s s i o n on t h e s e
c r y s t a l forms, s e e s e c t i o n s on I R ( 2 . 1 ) , DTA(2.7)
and Bulk S t a b i l i t y ( 4 . 1 ) .
38
Ia oc
0
W
Table 3
Powder X-Ray P a t t e r n of Cephradine,Hydrated
Batch NN005NC
d 1/10 d 1/10
15.80 14.1 3.76 14.1
11.90 47.4 3.61 35.9
8.04 15.4 3.47 12.8
5.98 19.2 3.33 17.9
5.61 24.4 3.24 12.8
5.34 100.0 3.18 11.5
4.92 21.8 3.08 25.6
4.66 11.5 2.90 12.8
4.48 21.8 2.80 11.5
4.32 57.7 2.74 10.3
4.20 26.9 2.67 14.1
4.00 30.8 2.57 9.0
3.93 14.1 2.43 11.5
Table 4
Powder X-Ray P a t t e r n of Cephradine Dihydrate
Batch NN005NB (House S t a n d a r d )
d 1/10 d 1/10
11.60 35.4 3.76 22.9
10.50 15,6 3.67 26.0
8.75 10.4 3.55 100.0
7.05 19.8 3.45 43.8
6.20 37.5 3.42 46.9
6.00 17.7 3.19 28.1
5.80 24.0 3.08 30.2
5.61 56.3 2.92 54.2
5.23 20.8 2.80 10.4
5.10 37.5 2.68 15.6
4.68 7.3 2.61 15.6
4.55 9.4 2.57 13.5
4.45 26.0 2.49 14.6
4.25 17.7 2.46 17.7
3.94 9.4 2.39 7.3
3.87 12.5 2.31 12.5
3.80 28.1
CEPHRADINE
Table 5
Powder X-Ray Pattern of Cephradine Monohydrate
Recrystallized from Acetonitrile-Water
Sample #38720
d 1/10 d 1/10
9.92 100.0 3.05 17.0
8.83 94.0 3.02 18.0
6.96 82.0 2.96 25.0
6.45 24.0 2.90 14.0
5.64 80.0 2.80 17.0
5.43 35.0 2.77 35.0
4.92 15.0 2.75 14.0
4.84 22.0 2.70 13.0
4.74 91.0 2.65 18.0
4.39 45.0 2.60 26.0
4.23 100.0 2.47 11.0
4.00 45.0 2.42 26.0
3.91 35.0 2.38 23.0
3.64 21.0 2.35 31.0
3.41 32.0 2.24 25.0
3.36 29.0 2.21 17.0
3.22 24.0 2.14 25.0
3.10 61.0
41
KLAUS FLOREY
Table 6
Powder X-Ray Pattern of Cephradine Monohydrate
Recrystallized from Methanol
Sample # 38708
d 1/10 d 1/10
11.20 100.0 3.78 14.0
8.83 17.0 3.63 26.0
8.18 19.0 3.51 33.0
7.83 10.0 3.30 24.0
6.80 18.0 3.17 15.0
6.23 19.0 3.08 16.0
5.82 25.0 2.94 26.0
5.64 13.0 2.82 18.0
5.21 14.0 2.74 21.0
4.86 37.0 2.65 17.0
4.74 45.0 2.62 18.0
4.59 43.0 2.54 16.0
4.34 32.0 2.45 14.0
4.19 34.0 2.42 14.0
4.13 25.0 2.36 17.0
4.00 26.0 2.30 14.0
3.89 32.0
42
Table 7
12 cephradine
P
0
4 cephradine
Acetonitrile
Monohydra t'e I
Recrystallized
from 17.58 9.4 21.6 90 3568 P212121 1.33 8 cephradine
M e th an o 1 8 water
3. Synthesis
Cephradine (111, Figure 10) is synthesized by coupling 7-aminodesace-
toxycephalosporanic acid (7-ADCA) (11) with a protected derivative of
dihydrophenylglycine (I),
Figure 10
Synthetic Pathway to Cephradine
0hz I
CH - COOH Intermediate + H2N
COOH
0:" m2
- CO - J
<m
-J
/ CH3
0
COOH
I11
such as the tert.-butoxylcarbonyl derivative which can be converted to a
mixed anhydride with ethylchloroformate and reacted with 7-ADCA14.
Cephradine can also be made by forming the methyl acetoacetic ester
enamine derivative of dihydrophenylglycine-which is converted to a mixed
CEPHRADINE
4. S t a b i 1i ty-Degrada t i o n
4 . 1 Bulk S t a b i l i t y
C e p h r a d i n q w h e n k e p t u n d e r d r y and c o o l
s t o r a g e c o n d i t i o n s , h a s shown r e a s o n a b l e b u l k
s t a b i l i t y 1 2 . Like o t h e r 1,4 cyclohexadienes
such a s 2,5 d i h y d r ~ p h e n y l a l a n i n e ~c~e p, h r a d i n e i s
prone t o a slow r a t e of o x i d a t i o n of t h e c y c l o -
hexadiene r i n g t o t h e benzenoid r i n g . The e x a c t
mechanism of t h i s r e a c t i o n i s n o t known, b u t i n
a d d i t i o n t o oxygen and w a t e r , t r a c e m e t a l s s u c h
a s i r o n seem t o have an a c c e l e r a t i n g e f f e c t .
The o x i d a t i o n t o c e p h a l e x i n a s w e l l a s
d e g r a d a t i o n (loss of b i o p o t e n c y ) can be p r e v e n t e d
o r s i g n i f i c a n t l y r e d u c e d b y s t o r a g e a t low
t e m p e r a t u r e and e x c l u s i o n o f oxygen, a s w e l l a s
removal of w a t e r . T h i s l a s t method, however, i s
i m p r a c t i c a l due t o t h e e x t r e m e l y h y g r o s c o p i c
n a t u r e o f anhydrous c e p h r a d i n e 1 2 .
On t h e o t h e r hand c e p h r a d i n e d i h y d r a t e 11
b e i n g a t r u e s o l v a t e (see s e c t i o n 2 , l l ) w h e r e
water c a n n o t move f r e e l y i n t h e c r y s t a l l a t t i c e
e x h i b i t s remarkable r e s i s t e n c e t o c e p h a l e x i n
f o r m a t i o n , l o s s o f b i o p o t e n c y and c o l o r d e v e l o p -
m e n t d u r i n g e x t e n d e d s t o r a g e u n d e r a i r l 2 . The
d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n c e p h r a d i n e and i t s d i h y d r a t e
i s i l l u s t r a t e d i n Table 812.
However upon p a r t i a l o r f u l l d e h y d r a t i o n
of c e p h r a d i n e d i h y d r a t e u n d e r a v a r i e t y of
conditions, drying a t higher temperatures o r
c e r t a i n kinds of m i l l i n g t h i s e x c e l l e n t s t a b i l i t y
i s not maintainedlz.
45
KLAUS FLOREY
Table 8
Average Bulk S t a b i l i t y Data for Three Batches of
Cephradine and f o r Three Batches of Cephradine
Dihydrate A f t e r 9 Months of S t o r a g e Under A i r
Cephradine i s moderately l i g h t
s e n s i t i v e . When exposed t o U.V. l i g h t , t h e s o l i d
t u r n s yellow on t h s u r f a c e b u t no loss of b i o -
a c t i v i t y w a s noted f 2 . The s e n s i t i v i t y of
c e p h a l o s p o r i n C t o l i g h t h a s been p r e v i o u s l y
no t e d l 6 .
Other than c e p h a l e x i n , no d e g r a d a t i o n
p r o d u c t s of s o l i d cephradine have been i d e n t i f i e d
TLC examination of degraded (loss of biopotency)
samples r e v e a l e d a m u l t i p l i c i t y of U.V. a b s o r b i n g
and f l u o r e s c e n t s p o t s 1 7 .
4.2 S t a b i l i t y i n Solution
I n aqueous s o l u t i o n c e p h r a d i n e t e n d s t o
be q u i t e s t a b l e a t pH 4.0 and below and much l e s s
s t a b l e a t h i g h e r pH u n i t s . A p H - s t a b i l i t y p r o f i l e
i s p r e s e n t e d i n Table 96 . Cephradine was found
to be f u l l y p o t e n t for at l e a s t e i g h t h o u r s i n a
v a r i e t y of p a r e n t e r a l i n f u s i o n s o l u t i o n s 2 3 .
Although cephradine, l i k e o t h e r cephal-
o s p o r i n s i s much more r e s i s t a n t t o opening of
t h e B-lactam r i n g by a l k a l i t h a n p e n i c i l l i n s , t h e
r i n g does open up w i t h subsequent f u r t h e r
d e g r a d a t i o n , Ring opening a l s o l e a d s t h e loss
of U.V. absorbance a t 262 nm.
46
Table 9
S t a b i l i t y of C e p h r a d i n e i n Phosphate B u f f e r
a t Room Temperature
P e r c e n t of Remaining B i o a c t i v i t y
p H of S o l u t i o n
* 2 days 4 days 7 days 10 days 14 days
4.0 95.9 105.1 99.3 99.3 95.2
6.0 73.0 86.9 69.5 30.2 18. 5
8.0 67.1 43.1 24.5 13.4 10.9
10.0 64.0 41.1 25.2 13. 3 11.7
*
ph of samples a t s t a r t of s t u d y . The pH o f t h e h i g h pH samples d r i f t e d
toward lower pH v a l u e s a s t h e s t u d y p r o g r e s s e d .
5
One of t h e a l k a l i n e d e g r a d a t i o n p r o d u c t s p r e c i p i t a t e s from
t h e s o l u t i o n and h a s been i d e n t i f i e d a s 2-[6-(1,4 cyclohexadien-l-yl)-2,
5-dioxo-3-piperazinyl~-5,6-dihydro-5-methyl-2H-l,3-thiazine-4-carboxylic
a c i d , sodium s a l tI8.
KLAUS FLOREY
40
CEPHRADINE
5. Druq Metabolism
Cephradine-3H 250 mg d r y f i l l e d c a p s u l e s w e r e
a d m i n i s t e r e d t o e i g h t normal male s u b j e c t s a s a
s i n g l e o r a l dose i n a b i o a v a i l a b i l i t y study24.
Serum and u r i n e s a m p l e s were a s s a y e d i n a d o u b l e
b l i n d f a s h i o n f o r b i o l o g i c a l a c t i v i t y and i n a n
open f a s h i o n f o r r a d i o c h e m i c a l a c t i v i t y .
The mean p e a k c e p h r a d i n e s e r u m c o n c e n t r a t i o n
(7.0 2 1 . 0 kgm/ml - SE by b i o a s s a y a n d 7 . 8 f
0 . 9 pgm/ml - SE b y r a d i o a s s a y ) o c c u r r e d 55
m i n u t e s a f t e r d o s i n g and d e c r e a s e d w i t h a b i o l o g -
i c a l h a l f - t i m e o f 40 m i n u t e s . The c u m u l a t i v e
a r e a s u n d e r t h e c u r v e s f o r c e p h r a d i n e were 1 6 1 . 5 f
29 and 1 7 7 . 3 f 34.7 min. pgm/ml f o r b i o a s s a y and
radioassay curves respectively. C e p h r a d i n e was
r a p i d l y e x c r e t e d . A p p r o x i m a t e l y 77% of
c e p h r a d i n e was e x c r e t e d w i t h i n t h e t h r e e h o u r
p e r i o d f o l l o w i n g d r u g a d m i n i s t r a t i o n . A f t e r 24
h o u r s a p p r o x i m a t e l y 87% o f t h e a d m i n i s t e r e d d o s e
of c e p h r a d i n e was r e c o v e r e d i n t h e u r i n e a s
m e a s u r e d b y both b i o and r a d i o c h e m i c a l a s s a y25
Four h e a l t h y f e m a l e s u b j e c t s r e c e i v e d a s i n g l e
.
i n t r a m u s c u l a r i n j e c t i o n of 1 gram o f
~ e p h r a d i n e - ~ H ~The ~ . mean p e a k c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f
1 0 f 1 . 7 ug/ml - SE i n plasma w a s r e a c h e d a t 2
h o u r s a f t e r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n and t h e n d e c r e a s e d
with a b i o l o g i c a l h a l f - l i f e of 2 hours. Binding
of c e p h r a d i n e t o plasma p r o t e i n was f o u n d t o be
6% o v e r t h e r a n g e of c o n c e n t r a t i o n s found i n
plasma d u r i n g t h e a b s o r p t i v e a n d e x c r e t o r y phases.
A b s o r p t i o n , b a s e d on e x c r e t i o n o f r a d i o -
a c t i v i t y i n u r i n e o v e r t h e 24 h o u r p e r i o d
-
f o l l o w i n g a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , w a s 92
+ 6.6% + SE f o r
-
t h e f o u r s u b j e c t s . A n o t h e r 1%was e x c r e t e d i n
f e c e s w i t h i n t h e 72-hr p e r i o d o f t h e e x p e r i m e n t .
T h e r e w a s no s i g n i f i c a n t d i f f e r e n c e i n e x c r e t i o n
b a s e d on t h e r e c o v e r y o f r a d i o a c t i v i t y o r
antimicrobial a c t i v i t y i n urine. E x c r e t i o n was
66 f 6.9% f SE a t t h e e n d o f 6 h r and 8 5 f 6.5%
49
5 S E a t t h e end of 1 2 hours. Recovery of antimicrobial a c t i v i t y i n u r i n e
and t h e a r e a under t h e c u r v e f o r c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f a n t i b i o t i c i n plasma
were i n e x c e l l e n t agreement w i t h t h o s e found when l a b e l l e d c e p h r a d i n e w a s
administered o r a l l y .
Cephradine a p p e a r s t o be s l o w l y r e l e a s e d from t h e s i t e o f i n j e c t i o n
t o g i v e l e v e l s of a n t i b i o t i c i n plasma which, though r e a c h i n g a maximum
a t 1/3 t h o s e found a f t e r o r a l a d m i n i s t r a t i o n , p r o v i d e t h e same amount o f
b i o a v a i l a b l e a n t i b i o t i c o v e r a l o n g e r p e r i o d of t i m e 2 4 -
N o c a n i n e o r human drug m e t a b o l i t e s w e r e found so f a r e x c e p t t r a c e
amounts of c e p h a l e x i n , a s i d e n t i f i e d by m a s s spectrometry26.
The above i n f o r m a t i o n was p u b l i s h e d ( r e f e r e n c e s 27-31).
6. Methods o f A n a l y s i s
6 . 1 Elemental A n a l y s i s % C H N S
Calc. f o r anhydrous 55.01 5.48 12.03 9.16
Calc. f o r monohydrate 52.30 5.76 11.44 8.73
Found f o r c e p h r a d i n e
b a t c h NN057NC 51.96 5.83 11.16 9.00
Calc. f o r d i h y d r a t e 49.85 6.01 10.90 8.31
Found f o r c e p h r a d i n e
d i h y d r a t e b a t c h NNOO5NB 49.77 6.06 10.95 8.39
CEPHRADINE
6.2 M i c r o b i o l o g i c a l Assay
For b u l k and f o r m u l a t e d p r o d u c t s a
t u r b i d i m e t r i c method u s i n g S t r e p t o c o c c u s f a e c a l i s
A.T. C. C. 1 0 , 5 4 1 i s c o n v e n i e n t . A l t e r n a t i v e l y
a g a r p l a t e methods u s i n g S a r c i n a l u t e a A . T . C. C.
9341, B a c i l l u s pumilus A . T . C. C. 14,884 o r
S t a p h y l o c o c c u s a u r e u s , A.T.C. C. 6538P = FDA 209P,
a r e a l s o employed. F o r b l o o d and body f l u i d
samples an a g a r p l a t e method i s u s e d employing
S a r c i n a l u t e a a s t e s t o r anism b e c a u s e of i t s
g r e a t s e n s i t i v i t y3 2 , 4 6 , 4 7 ,
The minimum i n h i b i t o r y c o n c e n t r a t i o n
(MIC) of cephradine f o r t h e f o u r t e s t c u l t u r e s
i s a s follows:
mcq/ml
Sarcina lutea 0.04
Staphylococcus aureus 0.40
Bacillus pumilus 0.40
Streptococcus f a e c a l i s 50.0
Cephradine i s s l i g h t l y more b i o a c t i v e
a g a i n s t S t r e p t o c o c c u s f a e c a l i s and S a r c i n a l u t e a
than cephalexin, while the reverse hold t r u e f o r
Staphylococcus a ~ r e u s ~ ~ .
6.3 Iodometric Analysis
Cephradine can be d e t e r m i n e d by t h e
i o d o m e t r i c a s s a y . The B-lactam r i n g i s opened
w i t h a l k a l i o r c e p h a l o s p o r i n a s e f o l l o w e d by
i o d i n a t i o n a t an a c i d pH (pH 4 . 5 p h o s p h a t e
b u f f e r ) . About 4-5 moles o f i o d i n e a r e c o n s u m e d34 ,
I t i s i n t e r e s t i n g t o n o t e t h a t p e n i c i l l i n s under
t h e same c o n d i t i o n consume 8-9 moles o f i o d i n e .
The p r e c i s i o n of t h e i o d o m e t r i c a s s a y f o r
c e p h r a d i n e i s n o t a s good a s t h a t f o r p e n i c i l l i n s
when a l k a l i i s u s e d f o r i n a c t i v a t i o n . The
p r e c i s i o n can be c o n s i d e r a b l y improved by u s i n g
cephalos o r i n a s e i n s t e a d of a l k a l i f o r r i n g
opening 16. A l s o , w i t h t h e l a t t e r method much
b e t t e r agreement was o b t a i n e d w i t h t h e m i c r o b i o -
51
logical assay (see Table 10) even with severely degraded bulk samples.
It therefore can be considered stability indicating.
Table 10
Comparison of the cephradinase-iodometric, alkali-iodometric
and bioassay methods for the determination of cephradine in bulk powders
*
Cephradine potency = mcg/mg
The p r e s e n c e of 7-ADCA d o e s n o t i n t e r -
.
f e r e w i t h t h e i o d o m e t r i c a s s a y 19
I t was found t h a t when i o d i n a t i o n was
c a r r i e d o u t a t an a l k a l i n e r a t h e r t h a n a c i d pH,
1 3 e q u i v a l e n t s o f i o d i n e were consumed 34 .
6.4 Spectrophotometric Analysis
The u l t r a v i o l e t a b s o r b a n c e peak of
c e p h r a d i n e a t 262 nm ( s e e s e c t i o n 2 . 4 ) can be
u s e d a s an i d e n t i f y a n d homogeneity a s s a y i n
formulations35.
Opening of t h e B-lactam r i n g w i t h
a l k a l i o r preferably, with cephalosporinase
a b o l i s h e s t h e U.V. a b s o r b a n c e a t 260nm. This
h a s been made t h e p r i n c i p a e o f a q u a n t i t a t i v e
a s s a y which a p p e a r s t o be s t a b i l i t y i n d i c a t i n g
i n t h e " p r a c t i c a l " r a n g e ( l e s s t h a n 20% loss o f
b i o a c t i v i t y ) 19.
6.5 Fluorometric Analysis
Cephradine can be a s s a y e d q u a n t i t a t i v e -
l y i n a l k a l i n e medium b y f l u o r i m e t r y , ( e x c i t a t i o n
wave l e n g t h 350 nm, e m i s s i o n wave l e n g t h 495 nm).
T h i s method h a s been used f o r b l o o d l e v e l s t u d i e s
b u t i s n o t recommended f o r t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n i n
u r i n e because of e r r a t i c r e s u l t s .
6.6 Colorimetric Analysis
The w e l l known hydroxylamine method
f o r p e n i c i l l i n h a s been a d a p t e d b y FDA t o
cephradine a s a batching assay. It i s not
s t a b i l i t y indicating. Strongly alkaline reaction
c o n d i t i o n s and f e r r i c n i t r a t e w e r e used 5 . When
f e r r i c ammonium s u l f a t e was u s e d a t pH 7 o n l y
15% o f t h e r e s p o n s e normal f o r p e n i c i l l i n s was
o b t a i n e d 3 7.
-
A c o l o r i m e t r i c method u s i n g 5 , 5 '
d i t h i o b i s ( 2 - n i t r o b e n z o i c a c i d ) a t pH 9.2
p r o d u c e s a y e l l o w c o l o r which can be q u a n t i t a t e d
b y measuring t h e peak a b s o r b a n c e a t 412 nm38.
53
KLAUS FLOREY
6.7 Chromatoqraphic A n a l y s i s
6 . 7 1 Paper
Cephalexin (slower moving
component) can be s e p a r a t e d from c e p h r a d i n e w i t h
a n-butanol-t-amyl alcohol-~ater(7:l:4)system
and q u a n t i t a t e d b y b i o a u t o g r a p h y u s i n g
S t r e p t o c o c c u s a u r e u s 209P a s t h e a s s a y organisn??
Dihydrophenlyglycine(faster moving component)
can be s e p a r a t e d from c e p h r a d i n e w i t h a t e r t . -
amyl a l c o h o l - s e c . - b u t a n o l - w a t e r (4:4: 1) s y s t e m
.
and q u a n t i t a t e d w i t h a n i n h y d r i n - c o p p e r
complex 40
6.72 Thin-Layer
T h e r e a r e two TLC methods b y
which c e p h a l e x i n and o t h e r i m p u r i t i e s can be
s e p a r a t e d from c e p h r a d i n e a n d b o t h c e p h a l e x i n a n d
c e p h r a d i n e can be q u a n t i t a t e d . Both methods
40
g i v e comparable r e s u l t s . I n t h e f i r s t method ,
s i l i c a g e l p l a t e s a r e impregnated w i t h s i l i c o n e
f l u i d and d e v e l o p e d f o r 2-1/2 h o u r s i n a pH 4 . 1
M c I l v a i n e b u f f e r and a c e t o n e ( 1 0 0 : l . S ) . T h e z o n e s
a r e l o c a t e d w i t h U.V. l i g h t , e l u t e d a n d q u a n t i -
t a t e d s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c a l l y a t 260 nm. The
s e p a r a t i o n scheme of t h e known components is a s
follows :
A t 22OC
compound Rf Cephradine
Dihydrocephradine 0.31 0.72
Cephradine 0.43 1.00
Cephalexin 0.51 1.20
7-ADCA 0.65 1.51
7 -ACA 0.65 1.51
Dihydrophenylglycine 0.74 1.72
Phenylglycine 0.80 1.88
To d e t e r m i n e r e s i d u a l 7-ADCA
q u a n t i t a t i v e l y , i t i s a d v a n t a g e o u s t o change t o
a s o l v e n t s y s t e m o f pH 6.5 M c I l v a i n e s b u f f e r -
acetone(50:l). The 7-ADCA zone i s e l u t e d w i t h
0.24 M sodium b i c a r b o n a t e a n d t h e a b s o r b a n c e a t
54
CEPHRADINE
260 nm i s measured41.
The s e c o n d method42, a m o d i f i c a -
t i o n of t h e f i r s t i s p r e f e r r e d because of g r e a t e r
e a s e of performance. The p l a t e s a r e i m p r e g n a t e d
w i t h t e t r a d e c a n e i n s t e a d of s i l i c o n e and s i n c e
t h i s i n t e r f e r e s w i t h t h e u. v. a b s o r b a n c e ,
q u a n t i t a t i o n is c a r r i e d o u t with ninhydrin.
T h i s method can a l s o b e u s e d t o
d e t e r m i n e d i h y d r o p h e n l y g l y c i n e and 7-ADCA semi-
q u a n t i t a t i v e l y . Approximate Rf v a l u e s a r e a s
follows:
C ep h r a d i n e 0.2
Cephalexin 0.3
7 -ADCA 0.6
Dihydrophenyl- 0.7
glycine
6 . 7 3 Column Chromatoqraphy
High p r e s s u r e l i q u i d chromoto-
g r a p h y (HPLC) h a s b e e n u s e d t o q u a n t i t a t e c e p h r a -
d i n e a n d r e s i d u a l c e p h a l e x i n i n c e p h r a d i n e . The
mobile p h a s e i s a pH 4 . 3 g l a c i a l a c e t i c -
a n h y d r o u s sodium s u l f a t e s y s t e m , a Dupont s t r o n g
c a t i o n exchange r e s i n , a t ambient t e m p e r a t u r e
and a p r e s s u r e o f 1000 p s i g . Sulfamethazine is
u s e d as i n t e r n a l s t a n d a r d and t h e o r d e r of elu-
t i o n i s s u l f a m e t h a z i n e , c e p h a l e x i n and
~ e p h r a d i n e ~ A~ .m o d i f i c a t i o n , u s e s a n a c e t a t e -
0.17M sodium s u l f a t e b u f f e r pH 4 . 7 , Dupont
Zipax c a t i o n exchange r e s i n , n- (4-methoxy-methyl-
6 - m e t h y l - 2 - p y r i m i d i n y l s u l f a n i l a m i d e as i n t e r n a l
s t a n d a r d and a p r e s s u r e o f 300 p s i g . The o r d e r
of e l u t i o n is cephalexin, cephradine, i n t e r n a l
s t a n d a r d . 7-ADCA, when p r e s e n t , w i l l a p p e a r i n
t h e v o i d volume44. When a d j u s t i n g t h e p H o f
t h e mobile p h a s e t o 3.70 a n d r a i s i n g t h e
p r e s s u r e t o 1800 p s i g , t h e s y s t e m was a b l e t o
s e p a r a t e c e p h r a d i n e ( d - i s o m e r ) from t h e s y n t h e -
t i c a l l y p r e p a r e d l-isomer which p e a k s between
c e p h a l e x i n and c e p h r a d i n e . N o l-isomer was
55
KLAUS FLOREY
d e t e c t e d i n r e g u l a r c e p h r a d i n e samples4’. A
r e v e r s e phase system, u s e f u l f o r q u a n t i t a t i o n i n
formulation h a s a l s o been d e s c r i b e d 4 9 . A
1 mm x 2.1 mm i . d . column, ODS-Sil-X-I1 packing
and 7 % methanol, 93% 0.05M ammonium c a r b o n a t e a s
mobile phase were used. P r e s s u r e , 1 0 0 0 p i g ;
f l o w 0 . 6 ml/min; d e t e c t o r W (254 nm);
s e n s i t i v i t y , 0.08 AUFS.
7. Determination i n Body F l u i d s and T i s s u e s
Cephradine h a s been determined microbio-
l o g i c a l l y (see s e c t i o n 6.2) i n human serum, i n
human u r i n e , human lung t i s s u e , human eye t i s s u e
and i n s p i n a l f l u i d .
I t has been determined f l u o r o m e t r i c a l l y
(see s e c t i o n 6.5) i n dog serum.
8. Determination i n Pharmaceutical P r e p a r a t i o n
I n pharmaceutical p r e p a r a t i o n s ( c a p s u l e s ,
o r a l suspensions and i n j e c t a b l e s ) i n f r a r e d has
been used f o r i d e n t i t y t e s t s , t h e hydroxylamine
and iodometric a s s a y f o r b a t c h i n g , t h e micro-
b i o l o g i c a l and cephalosporinase-iodometric a s s a y s
f o r s t a b i l i t y and chromatography f o r d e t e c t i o n of
impurities.
56
CEPHRADI N E
9. References
1. B. T o e p l i t z , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , P e r s o n a l
communi c a t i o n .
2. M. S. P u a r , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , P e r s o n a l
communication.
3. P. T. Funke, The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , P e r s o n a l
communication.
4. J. Dunham, The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , P e r s o n a l
communication.
5. F. M. R u s s o - A l e s i , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e ,
P e r s o n a l communication.
6. H. J a c o b s o n , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , P e r s o n a l
communication.
7. L. P. M a r e l l i , A n a l y t i c a l P r o f i l e s o f Drug
S u b s t a n c e s , Vol. 4 , p 21, A c a d e m i c Press,
1974.
8. M. S. A t w a l , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , P e r s o n a l
communication.
9. H. J a c o b s o n and I. G i b b s , J. Pharm. S c i . 62,
1543 ( 1 9 7 3 ) .
10. D. E. A u s l a n d e r , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e ,
P e r s o n a l communication,
11. F. D u r s c h , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , U . S .
P a t e n t 3,829,620, June 25, 1 9 7 4 .
12. F. D u r s c h , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , P e r s o n a l
communication.
13. Q. Ochs, T h e S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e , P e r s o n a l
communication.
14. J. E. D o l f i n i , H. E. A p p l e g a t e , G. Bach,
H. Basch, J. B e r n s t e i n , J. S c h w a r t z a n d
F. L. Weisenborn, J. Med. Chem. 1 4 , 117
(1971) : U . S . P a t e n t 3 , 4 8 5 , 8 1 9 ( 1 9 6 9 ) .
15. M. L. Snow, C. L a u i n g e r and C. R e s s l e r ,
J. Org. Chem. 3 3 , 1 7 7 4 ( 1 9 6 8 ) .
16. L. Demain, N a t u r e 2 1 0 , 4 2 6 ( 1 9 6 6 ) .
17. H. R. Roberts, The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e ,
P e r s o n a l communication.
57
KLAUS FLOREY
58
CEPHRADINE
59
CHMROQUINE PHOSPHATE
Donald D,Hong
DONALD D. HONG
CONTENTS
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
1.2 Appearance, Color, Odor
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Ultraviolet
- Spectrum
2.2 rescence Spectrum
2.3 NA ear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2.4 Ma&% Spectrum
2.5 ~ p cal
t i Rotation
2.6 morphism and Melting Range
2.7 Dissociation Constant
2.8 DH
2.9 seezing Point Depression
2.10 Solubility
2.11 Differential Scanning Calorimetry
3. Synthesis
62
CHLOROQUINE PHOSPHATE
1. Description
2H2PO4-
Chloroquine phosphate i s a w h i t e , o d o r l e s s ,
c r y s t a l l i n e powder having a b i t t e r taste: it d i s c o l o r e
gradually on exposure t o l i g h t .
2. Physical P r o p e r t i e s
2 . 1 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrum
63
- si
..- . . . . . . . . .
...~. . . . . . . . .
........
... . . . . .
-
... . . . . . . . .
... ......
... . . .
' . 1.! .
-
. . .
. . .. ,.
I
... j
. . .... I
- 1
,
i (
+
. . I
"I
i
, . .
!.
3- I
i
i
I
!
,
64
CHLOR OQUlNE PHOSPHATE
Fluorescence
65
DONALD D. HONG
c1
No. Protons
Derived from a
Protons Integration Chemical Shi ; Multiplic
CH2-N
CH2 4
6
2.35
3 -55-3 a 9 1
doublet
broad s i n g l e t
quintet
CH-N 1 4.38-4.65 broad s i n g l e t
NH exchanged 5 -39 sharp s i n g l e t
c 1 -
7.15-7 28 doublet
b
a
1 -
7 58-7 -75 multiplet
singlet
1 7.75
1 8-33-8.40 doublet
C
d 1 -
8 48-8-55 doublet
66
A/-+-
L
I . . . . , . . . .I . , . I I 1 I I I I I . , . . I . .
, . I . ' . . I . , . I , ' ' I I 1 I I I I
U 71 00 (0 Y I 4 I 40 an 10 $8 8
Intensity
100
>
t 80
v) 319
z
W
F
5 60
W
L
+ 40
a BACKGROUND
A
W
a 20
0 . .
20 40 60 ' 80 100 I20 140160 I80 250 300
m/e
Fig.4 Mass Spectrum of Chloroquine Phosphate (Sterling-Winthrop
House Reference Standard Lot N-087-JF)
60
CHLOROQU IN E PHOSPHATE
Chloroquine phosphate e x h i b i t s e s s e n t i a l l y no
o p t i c a l a c t i v i t y , e x i s t i n g as a racemic mixture. Riegel
and Sherwood ( 2 ) have shown t h a t n e i t h e r of t h e o p t i c a l l y
a c t i v e enantiomorphs showed any s i g n i f i c a n t d i f f e r e n c e s i n
a n t i m a l a r i a l a c t i v i t y i n birds and f o r t o x i c i t y i n dogs.
2.8 @
Chloroquine phosphate **
Freezing Point Depression
0.73 "
Calculated
Isotonic
7.oe
69
DONALD 0.HONG
2.10 S o l u b i l i t y
3. Synthesis
70
CHLOROQUINE PHOSPHATE
0 0 0
0
N
t
0
m
t
*t
0
0
0
(D
t
r-
*
0
OD
t
0
Q,
t
1 I I I I I I I
TEMPERATURE O K
71
DONALD D. HONG
1- 189-202-1
-207.5 OC (Corrl
215-223-
2 2 6 O C (Corr)
ENDO
t
1
EX0
0 0 0 0 0
m a 0
e
1
*
O
I
P c
Q
I
00
d
I
*
Q,
I
In
J
TEMPERATURE O K
72
CH LOROQUINE PHOSPHATE
Kammer (12).
73
DONALD D. HONG
-
m-Chloroaniline Ethyl oxalacetate Ethyl(m-chloropheny1imino)-
succinate
and isomer
(1) NaOH
heat
(2) HC1
kseparation
OH
I
c1 COOH co0c.$l5
7-Chloro-4-hydroxy- Ethyl-7-chloro-4-hydroxy-
quinoline-2-carboxylic quinoline-2-carboxylate
acid
a>
-COOH
1
CH3CHCH2CH2CH9 (CpHg )2
-. I
!
H
2
Cl c1 N “novol diamine” .1,
7-Chloro - 4- 4,7-Dichloroquinoline
hydroxyquinoline
Chloroquine
diphosphate -<H3P04
CL
Chloroquine.base
74
CHLOROQUIN E PHOSPHATE
Compound R
D
4
H
E
-FHO
CH3
F
-rHC82CH2CwH
CH3
4.2 D i s t r i b u t i o n in Human T i s s u e s
Chloroquine i s predominantly l o c a l i z e d i n t h e
l i v e r and t o lesser d e g r e e s i n t h e s p l e e n , h e a r t , kidney,
lung, b r a i n , l e u c o c y t e s and s k i n . Chloroquine was o r i g i n a l l y
used t o treat malaria. Subsequently it was found t o be
e f f e c t i v e a g a i n s t o t h e r p a r a s i t i c d i s o r d e r s . According t o
Rubin, e t a1 (17) t r a c e s o f t h e d r u g and its m e t a b o l i t e s
were found i n t h e blood and u r i n e of s u b j e c t s up t o f i v e
y e a r s after d i s c o n t i n u i n g long-term t h e r a p y .
75
DONALD D. HONG
5. Methods of Analysis
5.3 Non-Aqueous T i t r a t i o n
Chloroquine phosphate can be t i t r a t e d w i t h
a c e t o u s 0.1 N p e r c h l o r i c a c i d . The t i t r a t i o n may be c a r r i e d
o u t manually w i t h c r y s t a l v i o l e t as i n d i c a t o r o r determined
p o t e n t l o m e t r i c a l l y . The t i t r a t i o n is r a p i d a l t h o u g h
n o n - s e l e c t i v e . T h i s n o n - s p e c i f i c i t y i s no drawback,
however, so long as good i d e n t i f i c a t i o n tests are a l s o
adopted ( 3 0 ) . Wu, e t a1 (31) have r e p o r t e d t h e determin-
a t i o n of e l e v e n a n t i m a l a r i a l d r u g s u s i n g t h i s t i t r i m e t r i c
procedure.
5.4 S p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c Assay
The c h l o r o q u i n e b a s e is o b t a i n e d by e t h e r o r
chloroform e x t r a c t i o n of an a l k a l i n e homogenate of t h e
b i o l o g i c a l sample. After s e p a r a t i o n of i n t e r f e r i n g
76
CH LOROQUIN E PHOSPHATE
Table 1 - Spot T e s t s
* S p e c i f i c f o r N-ethyl group
** T u r b i d i t y i s measured
77
DONALD D. HONG
A b r i e f summary of t h e spectrophotometric
procedures f o r t h e q u a n t i t a t i v e determination of chloroquine
and metabolites i s summarized i n Table 2.
uv Tissues 32
uv Blood 33
UV, I R , TLC, GLC Tissues 34
uv, I R , PC Tissues+ 14
uv Urine 35
* Includes i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of chloroquine metabolites a l s o
78
CH LOROQUI N E PHOSPHATE
A l l of t h e systems u t i l i z e precoatcd s i l i c a g e l
containing a fluorescent indicator.
79
Table 3 - Paper Chromatographic Systems
Benzene-methanol- Chloroform' 41 43
ieopropylamine (87:10:3)
Chloroform-cyclohexane- Water 40 44
diethylamine ( 5 :4:1)
Spotting solution
1. The drug i s e x t r a c t e d i n t o chloroform a f t e r b a s i f y i n g w i t h 10% Na2C03.
2. S i m i l a r t o above b u t from human plasma.
3 . Spotted as t h e b a s e .
Detection
A - W-254
B - I o d i n e vapor/20$ H2S04
C - Dragendorff's r e a g e n t
D - w-360
E - Iodoplatinate reagent
81
DONALD D. HONG
Temperature :
.
I n j port 275 "C
Column 240 O C
Detector 250 "C
Flaw Rate: 30 ml/min helium
Retention Time: 7.0 min
82
CH LOROQU IN E PHOSPHATE
6. References
24.
( 1970 -
G. Fuhrmann, w., 22, 663 (1960).
25 W. T. Haskins, Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg., 7, 199 (1958).
83
DONALD D. HONG
37
J. Biol. Chem., x, 319 (1947).
E. M. Ensor, Trans. Roy. SOC. Trop. Med. Hyg., 60,
75 (1966).
38- E. W. McChesney, W. F. Banks and J. P. McAullff,
A n t i b i o t i c s and Chemotherapy, 12, 583 (1962).
39 P. M. Parlkh and S. P. Mukherji, Ind. J. Pharm.,
5, 269 (1.963).
40. United S t a t e s Pharmacopeia XVI, p. 151 (1960).
41. L. R. Goldbaum and L. Kazyak, Anal. Chem., 28, 1289
(1956).
42. J. Vecerkova, J. Solc and K. Kacl, J. Chromat., l0,
479 (l963).
43 R. Crain, Sterling-Winthrop Research I n s t i t u t e ,
Unpublished Data.
44. L. T. Grady, Drug Standards Laboratory, APhA,
Unpublished Data.
45 R. Castagnou and M. Sylvestre, Bull. SOC. Pharm.
Bordeaux, 105, 121 (1966); CA 6 7 ~ 6 2 8 2 1k.
46. W. J. A. VandenHeuvel, B. 0. A. Kaahti and E. C.
Horning, C l t n . Chem., g, 351 (1962).
47 A. Viala, J. P. C a n 0 and A. Durand, J. Chromatog.,
111, 299 (1975).
48. L. KaWsk and B. C. Knoblock, A n a l . Chem., s, 1448
(1963)
49 J. L. Holtzman, Anal. Biochem., u,
66 (1965).
50 J. Grego, Sterling-Wlnthrop Research I n s t i t u t e ,
Unpublished Data.
84
CHLOROOU IN E PHOSPHATE
Acknowledgments
85
DAFSONE
CONTENTS
1. DESCRIPTION
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
1.2 Appearance, Color, Odor
2. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
2.1 Infrared Spectra
2.2 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2.3 Ultraviolet Spectra
2.4 Mass Spectrum
2.5 Differential Thermal Analysis (DTA)
2.6 Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC)
2.7 Crystal Properties
2.8 Solubility
2.9 Fluorescence Spectra
2.10 Melting Point
3. SYNTHESIS
4. STABILITY-DEGRADATION
5. DRUG METABOLIC PRODUCTS
6. METHODS OF ANALYSIS
6.1 Identification Tests
6.2 Elemental Analysis
6.3 Colorimetric Methods
6.4 Titration Methods
6.5 Fluorometric Methods
6.6 Paper Chromatography
6.7 High Pressure Liquid Chromatography
6.8 Gas Chromatography
6.9 Thin Layer Chromatography
7. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
8. REFERENCES
88
DAPSONE
1. DESCRIPTION
0
H2N 2*c
H $
0
Mol. W t . : 248.31
2. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
89
(D
0
3200-3500 N-H S t r e t c h
2800-3000 Mineral O i l
2.3 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectra
Figure 4 i s t h e u l t r a v i o l e t absorption spectrum
of dapsone i n methanol s o l u t i o n , run on a Cary Model 14
spectrophotometer. The s o l u t i o n contained 8.0 mg of
dapsone per l i t e r of methanol, and was r u n a g a i n s t
methanol ( 1 cm c e l l s ) . The spectrum e x h i b i t s peaks a t
295 nm and 260 nmwith a b s o r p t i v i t i e s of 30,100 and
18,300 l./mole c m respectively. The u l t r a v i o l e t i d e n t i t y
t e s t of the B r i t i s h Pharmacopoeia (5) s p e c i f i e s peaks a t
92
.
I---
I I I I I I I I I I I 1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 I 0
6
Figure 3. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum of Dapsone
.
.
.
w
v
z
94
(D
P
2
a
%
m
a
I L
m
In
0
210 250 300 350
0
I
W
z
I-
z
-
WAVELENGTH IN NANOMETERS
-
m/e Assignment
248 M+
140
108
92
95
96
50
MASS/ CHARGE R AT10
Figure 5. Mass Spectrum of Dapsone
v1
a
0)
DAPSONE
2.7 C r y s t a l Properties
B u t t (10) reported t h a t dapsone can be obtained i n
a t l e a s t two c r y s t a l forms, with d i f f e r e n t melting points.
Infrared s p e c t r a (see Section 2.1) and x-ray powder d i f -
f r a c t i o n p a t t e r n s a l s o i n d i c a t e t h a t dapsone occurs i n a t
l e a s t two c r y s t a l forms, end t h a t it forms a c r y s t a l l i n e
hydrate. The powder d i f f r a c t i o n p a t t e r n s a r e given i n
Table 1. These p a t t e r n s were obtained with a Norelco d i f -
fractometer, using n i c k e l - f i l t e r e d copper Kcr r a d i a t i o n .
The c r y s t a l and molecular s t r u c t u r e of dapsone has
been determined by Alleaume and Decap (ll), and by
Dickinson e t a 1 (12, 13). Both groups r e p o r t 4 molecules
i n an orthorhombic u n i t c e l l , symmetry P212121, with
s i m i l a r dimensions (I):
97
Figure 6. Differential Thermal Analysis Curve of Dapsone
to
6
20
21
OAPSONE
hHF ~4.90
a
Tf
a,
0
i
00
Irz
25
30
x KCAL.
II
6 PURITY = 99.99%
99
(0
(0
I-I
0
TABLE 1
DAPSONE X-RAY POWDER DIFFRACTION PATTERNS
F o r m I1 Hydrate
d
c -
1/10 -d -
1/10 -d -
1/10
100
DAPSONE
2.8 S o l u b i l i t y
The s o l u b i l i t y a t room temperature is a s f o l l o w s :
Methanol 52
Ethanol (95%) 28
2-Propanol 6
Ethyl Acetate 34
Ethyl Ether 0.9
Chloroform 3
Benzene 0.5
Water 0.2 (14)
2,2,4-trimethylpentane c0.2
101
CHESTER E. ORZECH eta/.
172'C
172-173OC
-
172 174'C
174OC
174- 176'C
175OC
175-176'C
176OC
176.3-177.5OC
178-179OC
1 7 9- 1 8 O o C
3. SYNTHESIS
102
0
"
fn
cu
0
-
rn 9)
G
0
i ? dma
F
D U
rnx
r A
I4
0
cw
0
0
"
0
"
cn
0
0
U
m
2
cn
x
d
4
U
.
co
x 9 aJ
I4
z
V=O
a
U ii
'4
2
" a
$1
.r
0
Xm
z
rnx "
8
X"
I
4
U
X xm
0 0
"
rn rfl
103
CHESTER E. ORZECH era/.
4. STAB1LITY-DEGRADATION
No reports of stability studies or degradation of dap-
sone were found.
5, DRUG METABOLIC PRODUCTS
104
0
x x
0
ru
n
Dapsone sulfamate (DDS-S) Dapsone glucuronide (DDS-G)
rl
5
Y
cn
cd
al
1
u
a
a
..
ocv)+o
8
(I
X
z,
X
hl
Dap s one (DDS ) Dapsone monohydroxylamine Az ox y -d aps one
2-
82
105
(DDS-NOH) (AZmy-DDS)
o=u0
ot;;:
V
X
z
X
p:
z
II
Monoace t y l dapsone Monoace t y l dapsone hydroxylamine Diace t y l azoxy-dapsone
rl
x
(MADDS (MADDS-NOH)
o=u
V
5:
Xm
Figure 9. Some Dapsone Metabolites
CHESTER E. ORZECH era/.
6. METHODS OF ANALYSIS
6.1 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Tests
Dapsone is e a s i l y i d e n t i f i e d by the physical prop-
e r t i e s described i n s e c t i o n 2 above. Where i d e n t i f i c a t i o n
of dapsone i n formulations i s necessary, i t can be e x t r a c t e d
by various organic solvents such a s methanol, chloroform,
ethylene d i c h l o r i d e , e t c . I f the i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of very
small amounts of dapsone i s necessary, the colorimetric
method of P e t e r s e t a1 (63), the c o l o r i m e t r i c t e s t s des-
cribed i n s e c t i o n 6.3, or the fluorometric t e s t s described
i n s e c t i o n 6.5 may be useful.
Element %Theory
Carbon 58.04
Hydrogen 4.87
Nitrogen 11.28
Su If u r 12.91
Oxygen 12.89
106
DAPSONE
6.4 T i t r a t i o n Methods
Tomicek (70) t i t r a t e d dapsone potentiometrically
with perchloric acid i n g l a c i a l a c e t i c acid. Wojahn bro-
minated dapsone with bromide-bromate and b a c k - t i t r a t e d the
excess bromate with sodium t h i o s u l f a t e s o l u t i o n ( 7 1 ) . The
USP method of assay i s t i t r a t i o n of the cooled, s t r o n g l y
acid sample s o l u t i o n with sodium n i t r i t e s o l u t i o n t o a n
electrometric endpoint (72).
107
CHESTER E. ORZECH eta/.
108
DAPSONE
7. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
109
TABLE 2
11
Toluene-Ethyl acetate (1:l) 0.27 11
11
Chloroform-Methanol (95:5) 0.47 11
11
Chloroform-Methanol (9: 1) 0.48 11
11
Chloroform-Ethanol (9:l) 0.65 11
I1
Chlorof orm-Ace tone-Die thanolamine (5 :4:1) 0.69 11
I1
Me thano1-Ace tone-Die thanolamine (50:50 :1.5 ) 0.78 11
11
Ace tone -Chlorofo m (9:1 ) 0.84 11
11
Isopropyl alcohol-cyclohexane-259. Axunonia 0.85 11
(65:25:10)
11
Dime thy1 formamide-Die thylamine-Ethanol- 0.88 11
8. REFERENCES
15.
-
83, 417-24 (1962).
J. H. Peters, G. R. Gordon, and W. T. Colwell, J. Lab.
Clfn. Med. 76, 338-47 (1970).
16. G. A. ELlard and P. T. Gammon, I n t . J. Leprosy 37, 398-
405 (1969).
17. S. A. Cucinell, Z. H. I s r a i l i , and P. G. Dayton, Amer.
J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 2,322-31 (1972).
18 .-B. Ciocca and L. Canonica, Chimica e i n d u s t r i a ( I t a l y )
26, 7-9 (1944); C.A. 40, 3104.
19. V. A. Zasosov and M. I. Galchenko, J. Applied Chem.
(USSR) 19, 580-4 (1946); C.A. 4l, 2702f.
20. K. Ramaz M. Raghavan, and P. C. Guha, J. Indian Chem.
SOC. 30, 723-4 (1953); C.A. 49, 2347e.
21. E. Fr& and J. Wittmann, Ber. 2, 2264-73 (1908).
22. R. E. Buckles, J. Chem. Educ. 2,36-7 (1954).
111
CHESTER E. ORZECH eta/.
112
DAPSONE
113
CHESTER E. ORZECH et 81.
71. -
H. Wojahn, Suddeut. Apoth.-Ztg. 8 8 , 395-6 ( 1 9 4 8 ) ; C.A.
43, 1908f.
72. T n i t e d S t a t e s Pharmacopeia XIX", Mack Publishing Co. ,
Easton, Pa., 1975, pp. 118-19 and 626.
73. A. J. Glazko, W. A. D i l l , R. G. Montalbo, and E. L.
Holmes, Amer. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 17,465-73 (1968).
74. W. H. Longenecker, Anal. Chem. 3, 1402-5 ( 1 9 4 9 ) .
75. P. S. Wadia, M. C. Khosla, and N. Anand, J. S c i . Ind.
Research (India) E , 148-52 ( 1 9 5 5 ) ; C.A. 2, 12195d.
76. C. J a r d i n and A. Stoll, Semaine hop. Therap. 34, 611-
52,
16 ( 1 9 5 8 ) ; C.A. 20627d.
77. M. C. Khosla, J. D. Kohli, and N. Anand, J. Sci. Ind.
Research (India) E, 51-6 ( 1 9 5 9 ) ; C.A. 53, 19131d.
78. G. R. Gordon and J. H. Peters, J. Chromatogr. 47, 269-
7 1 (1970).
79. J. F. Murray, G. R. Gordon, and J. H. Peters, J. Lab.
Clin. Med. 78, 464-71 (1971).
80. J. F. MurraE G. R. Gordon, C. C. Gulledge, and J. H.
Peters, J. Chromatogr. 107, 67-72 (1975).
81. E. Ribi, S. C. Harris, J. Matsumoto, R. Parker, R. F.
Smith, and S. M. S t r a i n , J. Chrom. S c i . l0 ., 708-11
(1972).
82. G. R. Gordon, D. C. Ghoul, and J. H. P e t e r s , J. Pharm.
90.
-
22 ( 3 ) , 165-70 ( 1 9 7 4 ) ; C.A. 8 l , 158721t.
Compounds ( a ) , (b), and ( c ) were kindly provided by
G. R. Gordon, Stanford Research I n s t i t u t e , Menlo Park,
Ca.
114
FLUCYTOSINE
INDEX
Analytical P r o f i l e - Flucytosine
1. Description
2. Physical Properties
2.1 I n f r a r e d Spectrum
2.2 N u c l e a r M a g n e t i c Resonance Spectrum
2.3 U 1 t r a v i o l e t Spectrum
2.4 F l u o r e s c e n c e Spectrum
2.5 Mass Spectrum
2.6 Opt i ca 1 Rota t i o n
2.7 M e l t i n g Range
2.8 D i f f e r e n t i a l Scanni ng C a l o r i m e t r y
2.9 Thermogravirnetric Analysis
2.10 Solubility
2.11 X-Ray C r y s t a l P r o p e r t i e s
2.12 D i s s o c i a t i on Constant
3. Synthesis
4. Stability
5. Drug M e t a b o l i c P r o d u c t s
5.1 Toxicology
6. Methods o f A n a l y s i s
6.1 Elemental A n a l y s i s
6.2 Phase S o l u b i l i t y A n a l y s i s
6.3 Th i n-Layer Chromatograph i c Ana 1 ys i s
6.4 Non-Aqueous T i t r a t i o n
6.5 Fluorometric Analysis
6.6 D i r e c t Spect rophotornetr i c A n a l y s i s
6.7 Fluorine Analysis
116
FLUCYTOSIN E
7. Acknowledgements
8. References
117
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
1. Description
F l u c y t o s i n e i s a white, odorless, c r y s t a l l i n e
powder.
2. Physical P r o p e r t i e s
2.1 I n f r a r e d Spectrum ( I R )
118
FIGURE 1
I n f r a r e d Spectrum o f Flucytosine
80
8 80
W
260 60
I-
540 40
a
CtT
t-
20 20
0 0
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1700 1400 1100 800 500 200
FREQUENCY (CM-')
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
Table I
2.3 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrum
120
FLUCYTOSINE
FI GURE 2
NMR Spectrum of Flucytosine
121
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
FIGURE 3
Ultraviolet Spectrum of Flucytosine
.7
.6 -
.5 -
w.4
0
-
f8
v)
9.3
-
*‘t -
L
.I
n
210 -
250 I _ I-
_ 300
NANOMETERS
35
122
FIGURE 4: Fluorescence Spectra of Flucytosine
I I
Excitation
Spectrum
\ Spectrum
F l u c y t o s i n e e x h i b i t s no o p t i c a l a c t i v i t y .
2.7 M e l t i n q Range
A sharp m e l t i n g p o i n t i s n o t observed w i t h f l u -
c y t o s i n e . The m e l t i n g range depends on t h e
r a t e o f h e a t i n g . When the USP Class l a pro-
cedure (4) i s used, the m e l t i n g p o i n t l i e s
between 292" and 298°C. M e l t i n g i s accompanied
by m e l t decomposition.
124
5: Mass Spectrum of F l u c y t o s i n e
v\
FIGURE
..
125
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
2.10 Solubi 1 i t y
Table I 1
Flucytosine S o l u b i l i t y
3A a l c o h o l 1.3
Absolute ethanol 0.5
Ace tone <o. 1
Benzene <o. 1
Chloroform <o. 1
Diethyl ether <o. 1
Ethyl acetate <o. 1
Hexane <o. 1
-
2 p ropa no 1 1.1
Met hano 1 5.0
USP a l c o h o l 1.7
Water 14.2
2.11 X-Ray C r y s t a l P r o p e r t i e s
Instrumental Conditions
126
FLUCYTOSINE
Table I l l
X-Ray Powder D i f f r a c t i o n P a t t e r n o f F l u c y t o s i n e
-
20 d(i)
13.74 6.45 0.4
14.76 6 .OO * 39
15.14 5.85 .76
17.26 5.14 .09
18.76 4.73 .22
20.18 4.40 .81
21.81 4.08 .98
22.75 3.91 .16
23.94 3.72 1 .oo
25.94 3.44 .29
26.44 3.37 .67
29.24 3.06 .72
29.94 2.99 .14
30.65;: 2.92 .15
32.01* 2.80 .55
33.48 2.68 .22
37.57 2.39 .22
39.98 2.26 .07
40.70 2.22 .09
42.74 2.12 .15
51.75 1.77 .15
*Broad Peaks
127
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
(1) d - ( i n t e r p l a n a r d i s t a n c e ) nA
2 sin 0
(2) [ / I 1= r e l a t i v e i n t e n s i t y
2.12 D i s s o c i a t i o n Constant
3. Synthesis
4. Stability
128
FIGURE 6: Synthesis of Flucytosine
0 CI
LL
=
z
-4
A
o
H
5-Fluorouracil 2.4-Dichloro- 2-Chloro-4-amino-
5-f luoropyrimidine 5-f luoropyrimidine
129
y 2
fi
Lt
NH40H
0
I
HCI
H H
Flucytosine Flucytosine
hydrochloride
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
Table I V
Stabi 1 i t y o f 0.1% B u f f e r e d S o l u t i o n
1
~~
I HBefore n i ng
z THeat g A f t e r 1 Hour a t 100°C
APHA APHA
pH Color Clarity pH Color Clarity % Recover:
5. Drug M e t a b o l i c Products
130
F LUCY TOSl N E
5.1 Toxicology
The f o l l o w i n g e x c e r p t on t h e t o x i c o l o g y o f f l u -
c y t o s i n e was taken from Drug E v a l u a t i o n Data
(15):
6.1 Elemental A n a l y s i s
131
EDWARD H. WAYSEK A N D JAMES H. JOHNSON
Table V
Elemental A n a l y s i s o f F l u c y t o s i n e
C 37.22 37.24
H 3.12 3.13
N 32.55 32.40
F 14.72 14.60
6.2 Phase S o l u b i l i t y
Phase s o l u b i l i t y a n a l y s i s o f f l u c y t o s i n e may be
c a r r i e d o u t u s i n g methanol as t h e s o l v e n t .
F i g u r e 7 shows a t y p i c a l example and l i s t s t h e
c o n d i t i o n s o f t h e a n a l y s i s (21).
The t h i n - l a y e r chromatography o f f l u c y t o s i n e
and o t h e r f l u o r o p y r i m i d i n e s has been e x t e n s i v e l y
s t u d i e d by Hawrylyshyn, Senkowski, and W o l l i s h
(22). The R f values presented i n Table V I were
o b t a i n e d u s i n g v a r i o u s s o l v e n t systems w i t h
10 c1g o f sample s p o t t e d on a s i l i c a g e l p l a t e
and developed f o r a t l e a s t 10 cm. The p l a t e s
were a i r d r i e d and viewed under shortwave u l t r a -
v i o l e t radiation.
132
FIGURE 7
I
I
25 50 75
SYSTEM COMPOSITION rng of SAMPLE per g of SOLVENT
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
graphy i n a m i x t u r e o f c h 1 o r o f o r m : g l a c i a l
a c e t i c a c i d (65:35). A f t e r development for a t
l e a s t 14 cm, t h e a i r - d r i e d p l a t e i s viewed u n d e r
shortwave u l t r a v i o l e t r a d i a t i o n . Flucytosine
has an a p p r o x i m a t e R v a l u e o f 0.3 w i t h t h i s
f
system and f l u o r o u r a c i I 0.45 (24).
Table V 1
1. Ethy 1 a c e t a t e : acetone: w a t e r
(70:40: 10) 0.1
2. E t h y l acetate:methanol:conc.
ammonium h y d r o x i d e (75:25: 1 ) 0.3
3. Acetone 0.02
4. Ether 0.0
5. Ethyl acetate 0.0
6. Methanol 0.6
7. 2-propanol 0.1
8. E t h y 1 a c e t a t e :methano 1 (80 :20) 0.2
9. E t h y l a c e t a t e : m e t h a n o l (75:25) 0.2
10. E t h y l a c e t a t e : w a t e r (100: I ) 0.0
11. E t h y l a c e t a t e : w a t e r (100:3) 0.0
12. E t h y 1 acetate:me t h a n o l :a c e t i c
a c i d (75:25: 1) 0.4
6.4 Non-Aqueous T i t r a t i o n
F l u c y t o s i n e may be t i t r a t e d i n a m i x t u r e of
g l a c i a l a c e t i c a c i d : a c e t i c a n h y d r i d e (2: 1)
using acetous p e r c h l o r i c a c i d w i t h a glass/
calomel e l e c t r o d e system ( 2 3 ) .
6.5 F l u o r m e t r i c Analysis
A s p e c t r o f l u o r o m e t r i c method o f a s s a y i n g f l u c y -
t o s i n e i n b i o l o g i c a l f l u i d s has been r e p o r t e d
b y Wade and Sudlow ( 2 5 ) . Flucytosine i s iso-
l a t e d from p r o t e i n - f r e e b i o o g i c a l f l u i d s by
TLC and e l u t e d f r o m t h e s i l ca g e l w i t h w a t e r .
A f t e r making t h e s o l u t i o n a k a l i n e , t h e
134
FLUCYTOSINE
6.71 Free F l u o r i d e A n a l y s i s
The d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f f r e e f l u o r i d e i n
f l u c y t o s i n e drug substance can be c a r r i e d
o u t by d i r e c t measurement w i t h a f l u o r i d e -
s p e c i f i c i o n e l e c t r o d e (23). Electrode
p o t e n t i a l measurements a r e made i n a
c i t r a t e containing acetate b u f f e r solution
(pH between 5.0 and 5 . 5 ) . The p o t e n t i a l
measurements a r e converted t o f r e e f l u -
o r i d e c o n c e n t r a t i o n by r e f e r e n c e t o a
c a l i b r a t i o n curve.
6.72 O r g a n i c a l l y Bound F l u o r i n e A n a l y s i s
6.8 B i o l o q i c a l Assays
Shadomy, e t a l . (27) i n d i c a t e d t h a t t h e a c t i v i t y
o f f l u c y t o s i n e should be s t u d i e d i n a completely
s y n t h e t i c medium. I n l a t e r s t u d i e s (28) Shadomy
described a c y l i n d e r p l a t e bioassay f o r t h e
d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f f l u c y t o s i n e i n sera, u r i n e s ,
cerebrosp i na f l u i d s , and t ssue homogena tes .
The i n d i c a t o organ ism used was & c e r e v i s i a e
ATCC 9763 on yeas t n i t rogen base agar supple-
135-
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
7. Acknow 1edgemen t s
136
FLUCYTOSINE
8. References
137
EDWARD H. WAYSEK AND JAMES H. JOHNSON
138
GLUTETHIMIDE
Hassan Y. Aboul-Enein
HASSAN Y. ABOUL-ENEIN
CONTENTS
Analytical Profile - Glutethimide
1. Description
1.1 Nomenc lature
1.11 Chemical Names
1.12 Generic Name
1.13 Trade Names
1.2 Formulae
1.21 Empirical
1.22 Structural
1.3 Molecular Weight
1.4 Elemental Composition
1.5 Appearance, Color, Odor
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Crystal Properties
2.11 Crystallinity
2.12 X-Ray Diffraction
2.13 Melting Range
2.14 Differential Scanning Calorimetry
2.2 Solubility
2.3 Optical Activity
2.4 Molecular Orbital Calculations & Dipole
Moment
2.5 Acid Dissociation Constant
2.6 Identification
2.7 Spectral Properties
2.71 Ultraviolet
2.72 Infrared
2.73 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
2.74 Mass Spectrum
3. Synthesis
4. Stability and Decomposition Products
5. Metabolism
6. Method of Analysis
6.1 Titrimetric Methods
6.11 Aqueous
6.12 Non-Aqueous
6.2 Colorimetric
6.21 Qualitative
6.22 Quantitative
6.3 Polarographic Analysis
6.4 Ultraviolet Spectrophotometric
6.5 Fluorometric Analysis
140
GLUTETHIMIDE
CONTENTS (cont'd)
141
HASSAN Y, ABOUL-ENEIN
1. Description
1.1 Nomenclature
1.11 Chemical Names:
a. (+)
- 2-Ethyl-2-phenylglutari-
mide . b. O(-ethyl-O(-phenylglutarimide.
c. 3-ethyl-3-phenyl-2,6-piperi-
dinedione.
d. 3-ethyl-3-phenyl-2,6-dioxo-
piperidine.
e. 3-ethyl-3-phenyl-2,6-diketo-
piperidine.
1.12 Generic Name:
Glutethimide
1.13 Trade Names:
Doriden, Noxyron, Elrodorm.
1.2 Formulae:
1.21 Empirical :
C13H15N02
1.22 Structural :
142
GLUTETH lMl DE
143
f
FA. -
1 - Photomicrographs showing variation in crystal structure of
glutethimide (1). A-sublimation, B-from 50% EtOH, C-from
conc. NH40H.
Table I
X-Ray D i f f r a c t i o n Data f o r G l u t e t h i m i d e
0 0 0
8
rhombic prism
G l u t e t h i m i d e anhydrous 20.40+0.06 11.3920.03 2 0 . 6 0 2 0 . 0 6 16 4791A3
0 0.
92 40 220
- P - c&
m o n o c l i n i c prisms 2’COr
Pc - c;-
0
G l u t e t h i m i d e (+)or (-1 6.8720.02 25.7550.07 6.9020.02 4 1221A3
antipode
rhombic p r i s m s
HASSAN Y. ABOUL-ENEIN
2.12 X-ray D i f f r a c t i o n ( c o n t i n u e d )
The c h a r a c t e r i s t i c d i f f r a c t i o n
p a t t e r n s were o b t a i n e d by s u b j e c t i n g g l u t e t h i -
mide powder t o C u K ) I - r a d i a t i o n from x-ray spec-
trometer and r e c o r d i n g t h e d i f f r a c t e d r a d i a t i o n
on a c h a r t , u s i n g a modified GM-tube w i t h a re-
c o r d i n g p o t e n t i o m e t e r (1). The D-distances were
c a l c u l a t e d as shown i n T a b l e 11.
Table I1
10.3
7.23
6.22a
6.01
5. lla
4.59
3.78a
3.52
3.27
3.20
a - Strong
2.13 M e l t i n g Range
The N a t i o n a l Formulary X I V ( 4 )
s p e c i f i e s a m e l t i n g r a n g e f o r g l u t e t h i m i d e be-
tween 8 6 0 and 89O a s a c r i t e r i a of a c c e p t a b i l i t y .
Furthermore, it w a s r e p o r t e d t h a t g l u t e t h i m i d e
showed a m.p. range of 85O-880 w i t h r e s i d u a l
c r y s t a l s growing s l u g g i s h l y o n l y below 80° i n t o
g r a i n s and prisms ( 5 ) . The m e l t s o l i d i f i e s t o
a g l a s s . The g l a s s y powder showed nD 1.5403.
The e u t e c t i c t e m p e r a t u r e of g l u -
t e t h i m i d e w i t h azobenzene and w i t h b e n z i l w a s
r e p o r t e d t o be 53O and 61°, r e s p e c t i v e l y .
146
Table I
X-Ray D i f f r a c t i o n Data f o r G l u t e t h i m i d e
0 0 0
*F -
a,A b,A -
C ,A -2 !! -
B S p e c i a l Group
0
Glutethirnide h y d r o u s 7.5320.02 30.50fp.09 10.83+0.03 8 2 4 8 7 ~ ~ D215 - ’bca
rhombic prism
Glutethimide a n h y d r o u s 20.40+_0.06 11.39+_0.03 20.60+0.06 16
0 o* -
4 7 9 1 ~ ~9 2 4 0 5 2 0 P - Cjh
m o n o c l i n i c prisms 2’COr
Pc - c;
Table I11
m.p., C O Reference
91-92 0 1
85-87, bo 3168 6
82-83 ( is6propanal) 7
86-88 anhydrous glutethimide 8
80-85 (EtOAc-pet. ether) 9
83-85 10
68.5.70.5 (ail EtOH) 11
2.14 Differential Scanning Calorimetry
Reubke and Mollica (12) reported
the application of the differential scanning
calorimetry in the quantitative estimation of
purity of glutethimide and the detection of
polymorphism. They reportedAH value for glu-
- cal/gm. at 86.80 - 87O.
tethimide to be 28.7+1
2.2 Solubilit :
d i n water (1.0 mg/ml) , soluble
1 in 5 of ethanol, 1 in 12 of ether and 1 in less
than 1 of chloroform, dichloromethane. Soluble
in acetone, ethyl acetate. A saturated solution
in water is acidic to litmus.
Recently, it was reported that the
tetramethyl-substituted amides of pimelamide,
suberamide, azelamide and sebacamide markedly
enhance the solubility of glutethimide in aqueous
solution (13). The solubility of glutethimide
was increased significantly above the critical
concentrations and from the nature of the
solubility curves, a micellar type of solubili-
zation appears to be dominant.
2.3 Optical Activity
Glutethimide is marketed as the racemic
mixture of 2-ethyl-2-phenylglutarimide. Keberle
et al. (14) describes a procedure for resolution
the racemic mixture to the pure optical anti-
podes as shown in Scheme 1. The sedative-
hypnotic activity of the (+) isomer is 2-3 times
more potent than the ( - 1 isomer (15).
148
GLUTETH IMI DE
H
+,
Pi""
(
It
c 6H 5 -:
-co2 H
(CH2)2C02H
I r e s o l v e d w i t h (+) and
(-1 d -phenethylamine
Jy3
H
(-)-isomer
Scheme 1
phn
0
H
(+)-isomer
149
\D
rl
m
rl
*
rl
W
rl
I-
rl
W
rl
*
0
rl
*
0
rl
I
Pl
0
Pl
0
rl
N
0
I
ui
*
0
rl
-
0
rl
*
0
rl
m
0
I
Pl
0
rl
I
N
0
rl rl rl 4
-
X
0
-
X
0
- h : 2
X 8 X
s
w
v
+,
w
rl
s
W
Y -
rl
II
V
I1 N N N
V
Y
+I +I +I
W
I-
W
W
*
W
rl
m
rl rl rl 4
-k I I I
-
ui
NO
U
II
0
ND
T
U
ui
N O
T
u
m
N O
n
8
0
N O
T
u
Ll
Ll a,
a,
8 d
.r(
I
+
h
Y
150
GLUTETHIMIDE
H
2.83D
151
HASSAN Y . ABOUL-ENEIN
2.6 Identification
The f o l l o w i n a i d e n t i f i c a t i o n t e s t s a r e
p u b l i s h e d i n B . P . 1973 ( 2 2 ) a s a p a r t of t h e
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of g l u t e t h i m i d e .
1. The l i g h t a b s o r p t i o n , i n t h e r a n g e
230 t o 350 nm, o f a 2-cm l a y e r o f a 0.03 p e r c e n t
w/v s o l u t i o n i n d e h y d r a t e d a l c o h o l e x h i b i t s t h r e e
maxima, a t 252 nm, 258 nm, and 2 6 4 nm; e x t i n c t i o n
a t 252 nm, a b o u t 1.0, a t 258 nm, a b o u t 1.1, a n d
a t 2 6 4 nm, a b o u t 0 . 8 6 .
2. Heat 1 g w i t h 5 ml of sodium hydrox-
i d e s o l u t i o n and 1 5 m l o f water on a w a t e r - b a t h
f o r t h i r t y m i n u t e s , cool and a c i d i f y t o l i t m u s
paper w i t h d i l u t e h y d r o c h l o r i c acid; f i l t e r ;
m e l t i n g p o i n t of t h e p r e c i p i t a t e , a f t e r washing
w i t h water and d r y i n g a t l o o o , a b o u t 159'.
Most b u l k i n g a g e n t s , e . g . l a c t o s e , s t a r c h ,
s u c r o s e , gun a r a b i c , g l u c o s e o r t a l c w i t h t h e
e x c e p t i o n of a l g i n i c a c i d d o e s n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h
t h e test.
2.71 Ultraviolet
Glutethimide i n s o l u t i o n absorbs
u l t r a v i o l e t r a d i a t i o n over a b r o a d range t o pro-
d u c e a s p e c t r u m w i t h maximum a t 257 251, 263 nm
( t y p i c a l spectrum, F i g . 2 1 , w i t h A
t h e wave l e n g t h 257 nm ( 2 4 - 2 6 ) .
!&,
= 19 for
152
g0.40
OL
I
0
U
0 20
000 I I
L I
220 260 300 340
WAVE L€ NGT t4, rni i1i m ic rons
Fig. 2-
U l t r a v i o l e t spectrum of g l u t e t h i m i d e i n methanol ( 2 4 ) .
153
HASSAN Y . AEOUL-ENEIN
2. 72 I n f r a r e d Spectrum
The i n f r a r e d s p e c t r u m of g l u t e t h i -
mide i s shown i n F i g . 3. The s p e c t r u m w a s ob-
t a i n e d on a P e r k i n - E l m e r 621 s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t e r
from a K B r p e l l e t .
The s t r u c t u r a l a s s i g n m e n t s h a v e
b e e n c o r r e l a t e d w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g band f r e -
quencies:
Frequency ( c m - l ) Assignment
319 0-3100 NH s t r e t c h i n g i m i d e
1710 C=O i m i d e c a r b o n y l
1680 C=O i m i d e c a r b o n y l n e x t
t o t h e d -p h en y l group
1200 C-0 stretching
760-700 Monosubstituted phenyl
2.73 N u c l e a r M a g n e t i c Resonance S p e c t r u m
A t y p i c a l NMR s p e c t r u m of g l u t e t h i -
mide i s shown i n F i g . ( 4 ) . The sample w a s
d i s s o l v e d i n c a r b o n t e t r a c h l o r i d e . The s p e c t r u m
w a s d e t e r m i n e d on a V a r i a n T-60 NMR S p e c t r o m e t e r
w i t h TMS as the i n t e r n a l s t a n d a r d .
The f o l l o w i n g s t r u c t u r a l a s s i g n -
ments h a v e b e e n made f o r F i g . ( 4 ) .
C h e m i c a l S h i f t (dl Assignment
T r i o l e t 0.80 -CH 9 -CH
--J
7
M u l k p l e t 1 . 8 t o 1.97 -CH2-CH3 a n d t w o
-C>- of glutarimide
ring
S i n g l e t 6.9 7 A r o m a t i c phenyl protons
Broad s i n g l e t 8.27 NH i m i d e , e x c h a n g e a b l e
with D20.
154
FA.
3 -
- I n f r a r e d spectrum of g l u t e t h i m i d e , K B r p e l l e t .
Glutithimide
(1) C
-i g-. 4
F - NMR spectrum of g l u t e t h i m i d e i n CC14 c o n t a i n i n g TMS a s i n t e r n a l s t a n d a r d .
GLUTETH IMlDE
2.74 Mass S p e c t r a
The mass s p e c t r u m of g l u t e t h i m i d e
o b t a i n e d by c o n v e n t i o n a l e l e c t r o n impact i o n i -
z a t i o n shows a m o l e c u l a r i o n M+ a t m/e 2 1 7 . The
M+ i o n p e a k i s o n l y 5 % ( F i g . 5 ) . The b a s e p e a k
i s a t m / e 1 1 7 . The mass s p e c t r a l f r a g m e n t a t i o n
mechanism w a s d i s c u s s e d by Rucker ( 3 1 ) a s shown
i n Scheme 2 . Mass s p e c t r o m e t r y w a s a l s o u s e d as
an analytical tool f o r rapid, accurate identi-
f i c a t i o n o f and d i a g n o s i s o f g l u t e t h i m i d e o v e r -
d o s e s and p o i s o n i n g cases ( 3 2 - 3 3 ) .
The c h e m i c a l i o n i z a t i o n ( C I ) mass
s p e c t r o m e t r y o f g l u t e t h i m i d e w a s r e c e n t l y re-
p o r t e d by S a f e r s t e i n and Chao ( 3 4 ) . The i o n i -
z a t i o n w a s a c c o m p l i s h e d by t h e r e a c t i o n of t h e
d r u g w i t h e i t h e r i o n i z e d g a s e o u s methane or i s o -
b u t a n e . The r e s u l t i n g s p e c t r u m w a s l e s s complex
t h a n t h a t p r o d u c e d by c o n v e n t i o n a l E I i o n i z a t i o n
and u s u a l l y r e s u l t s i n t h e f o r m a t i o n of a
molecular i o n p l u s o n e (M+ + 1) i . e . , 218 f o r
glutethimide.
3. Synthesis
X ( C H 2 ) 2-C-CN
@ C2H5C:
CH2CN N aNH2
basic
catalyst
X=-CN
or
roac
H2S04
E t
Scheme 3
157
SRMPLE NUMBER 73Z
G L uT ET H1 M ID E
'001
hi CDI
G I T I 2ED 3
YH3d 35HB m
117
'0R
'09 '0h
132
I
XI 3EltllN3Xf3d
i 115
158
1 1 GO
i I
'032
'0
- -
Fig. 5 - Mass Spectrum of Glutethimide (EI).
w
(I)
c,
5
a,
0
0
k
a
GLUTETHIMIDE
Scheme -
2 - Mass spectral fragmentation mechanism
of glutethimide (31).
159
HASSAN Y . ABOUL-ENEIN
Glutethimide is synthesized as
shown in Scheme 3. Starting with benzylcyanide
which is treated with ethyl chloride or bromide
in the presence of sodium amide to yieldd-ethyl
benzylcyanide. This is then allowed to react
with methyl acrylate or acrylonitrile (Michael
condensation) under the catalytic influence of
piperidine or another suitable basic catalyst,
thus, forming methyl 4-cyano-4-phenylhexanoate
or its corresponding dinitrile derivative,
respectively. The latter intermediate was
purified by distillation and cyclized in the
presence of acetic acid and 9 0 % sulfuric acid
to yield glutethimide (6, 35-37).
Another synthetic route for glu-
tethimide is described by Iwase -
et -
al. ( 9 )
shown in Scheme 4. A mixture of l-phenyl-l-
ethylpropane-1,3-dicarboxylic acid and p-nitro-
soaniline was treated at 180-185O under nitrogen
atmosphere for 5 hrs., refluxed with 2% sodium
hydroxide for 3 hrs., acidified, washed with
ether, neutralized with sodium carbonate, ex-
tracted with chloroform to yield glutethimide.
NO Et
1
H
NH2
Scheme 4
160
GLUTETHIMIDE 13.
O t h e r r o u t e (38) f o r g l u t e t h i -
mide s y n t h e s i s i s shown i n Scheme 5.
HC 1
CH 2 =CHCN 9- C1CH2CH2C02CH (CH3)
isopropanol
i s o p r o p y l /3-chlarnproDionate
dimethyl p i p e r i d i n e
sulfate
1
‘gH5
C gHg$HCN
C2H5
Scheme 5
161
HASSAN Y. ABOUL-ENEIN
162
GLUTETHIMIDE
r 1
8
Ph OH,
7
0 0 Slow
HO c =o
N
H H
Fig. 6
The Mechanism of G l u t e t h i m i d e
Degradation ( 4 1 ) .
A p l o t of l o g t+ v e r s u s pH ( F i g . 7) shows t h a t
below pH5, g l u t e t h i m i d e i s v e r y s t a b l e s i n c e a t
pH 1.0 and 5.0 t h e r a t e i s independent of hydro-
gen i o n c o n c e n t r a t i o n .
163
24
2.2
t-
20 -
1.8 -
1.6 -
CI
v)
5C
r”
I4
1.2
k\
i?
-J
Q8C
0.6 -
04-
0.2 -
0.0 0
- - 7
Fig. -
Log t4, the half-life of the reaction in months
against pH at 25’ (41).
164
GLUTETH l MI DE
5. Metabolism
The distribution and metabolism of glutethi-
mide in the dog and rat were extensively studied
and summarized by Keberle - et al.
- (42). The
metabolic fate in man was studied by B’itikofer
et al.
- - (43). Both of these studies indicated
that the (+)-isomers are metabolized via two
different Eiochemical routes. The ( r
e
m
o
s
i
-
)
+ was
hydroxylated on the glutarimide ring at the 4-
position to yield 4-hydroxy-2-ethyl-2-phenyl-
glutarimide, a small percent of which undergoes
dehydration to give 2-ethyl-2-phenylglutaconimide.
The (-)-isomer predominantly hydroxylated on the
ethyl side chain to form 2-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-
phenylglutarimide, of which a small percent lose
a moleculae of acetaldehyde to form 2-phenyl--.
glutarimide, Fig. ( 8 ) . In 1969, Post and Schutz
(44) identified a phenolic metabolite which they
assumed to be 2-(4-hydroxyphenyl) glutarimide.
Recently Stillwell -
et -
al. (45) identified
more polar metabolites present in the urine of
rats and guinea pigs, (Fig. 9). They char-
acterized these metabolites by combined GC/MS
as follows:
a. 4-hydroxy-2-ethyl-2-phenylglutarimide
b. 3-hydroxy-2-ethyl-2-phenylglutarimide
C. 2-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-phenylglutarimide
d. 2-ethyl-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)glutarimide
e. 2-ethyl-2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)glutarimide
f. 2-ethyl-2-(3,4-dihydroxy-l,5-~yclohexa-
dien- l-yl)glutarimide
g. 2 - e t h y l - 2 - p h e n y l g l u t a c o n i m i d e
h. 2-phenylglutarimide
They demonstrated that the hydroxylation of
the aromatic ring in the rat and guinea pig occurs
V J an epoxide pathway. These authors also
supported the fact that the rat and guinea pig,
like the dog and man, metabolize the (-)-isomer
of glutethimide by hydroxylation of the ethyl
side chain to form 2- (1-hydroxyethyl)-2-phenyl-
glutarimide. However, the metabolism of the ( + I -
165
(+)-isomer
Dextrorotatory
T i 0
H
.
glucuronidation dog
man
rat
O
guinea pig
C
2%
~
0
H S G 1 u - o ~ o C 6 H 5
0
H
do9
man
rat
45%
guinea pig
H
(+) Glutethimide
(-)-isomer
Levorotatory
0:
0
0 -CH3CHO,
0
C6H5
0 0 0
-N-
h- n
L 1 H
45%
4%
man do9
rat man
r a t and guinea pig
guinea pig and dog
H H H
man rat Man (minor)
guinea p i g
OH
0 N
N
u
n
H H
rat rat rat
guinea p i g guinea p i g (minor) guinea p i g
F i g . 9 P o l a r M e t a b o l i t e s of G l u t e t h i m i d e
HASSAN Y . ABOUL-ENEIN
168
GLUTETHIMIDE
169
HASSAN Y . ABOUL-ENEIN
6.22 Quantitative
Sheppard ( 3 9 ) and a s s o c i a t e s
u t i l i z e d a method based on t h e f o r m a t i o n of t h e
c o l o r e d complex between f e r r i c i o n and t h e
hydroxamate r e s u l t i n g from t h e r e a c t i o n of g l u -
t e t h i m i d e w i t h a l k a l i n e hydroxylamine f o r d e t e r -
m i n a t i o n of t h e drug i n u r i n e . The c o l o r w a s
r e a d w i t h i n f i v e minutes a t 5 1 0 nm. The
p r e s e n c e of l a c t o s e and a n i o n s which complex w i t h
f e r r i c i o n o r s a l t s which form p r e c i p i t a t e s w i t h
f e r r i c i o n i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h i s method. Phang
-
e t - a l . ( 5 5 ) i n t r o d u c e d a m o d i f i c a t i o n t o Shep-
p a r d ' s procedure so t h e f a t t y i m p u r i t i e s do n o t
i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e q u a n t i t a t i o n of g l u t e t h i m i d e
i n vomitus m a t e r i a l .
Belova and Zinakova (56) re-
p o r t e d a s i m i l a r c o l o r i m e t r i c method i n which
t h e c o l o r developed was measured a t 4 9 0 nm w i t h
a no. 5 l i g h t f i l t e r and claimed t h a t t h e
p r e s e n c e of l a c t o s e does n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e
r e s u l t of g l u t e t h i m i d e d e t e r m i n a t i o n .
T h i s p r o c e d u r e , however, i s n o t
v e r y s e n s i t i v e o r a p p l i c a b l e t o blood specimens
and i s r e l a t i v e l y n o n - s p e c i f i c ( 5 7 ) .
170
GLUTETHlMl DE
171
HASSAN Y. ABOUL-ENEIN
172
GLUTETHlMl DE
h o u r s a t 20°. Other p e r t i n e n t
i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h i s r e g a r d i s t o b e found i n
references (71-74).
6.63 G a s Chromatography
Many i n v e s t i g a t o r s h a v e u s e d
g a s chromatography t o a n a l y z e g l u t e t h i m i d e . A l -
t h o u g h most of t h e p u b l i s h e d w o r k i s c o n c e r n e d
almost e n t i r e l y w i t h a n a l y s i s of g l u t e t h i m i d e
and i t s m e t a b o l i t e s i n b i o l o g i c a l f l u i d s and
t i s s u e s , many of t h e methods c o u l d b e m o d i f i e d
e a s i l y f o r a n a l y s i s of g l u t e t h i m i d e i n pharma-
c e u t i c a l dosage forms.
A number o f t h e s y s t e m s u s e d f o r
GC are l i s t e d i n T a b l e VII. Berry ( 9 1 ) conducted
i n - d e p t h s t u d y f o r t h e g a s c h r o m a t o g r a p h i c be-
h a v i o r of g l u t e t h i m i d e i n p r e s e n c e of s e v e r a l
b a r b i t u r a t e s on 1 2 GC columns. OV-225 and CDMS
were t h e most u s e f u l of t h e columns t e s t e d f o r
a n a l y s i s of t h e b a r b i t u r a t e s , g l u t e t h i m i d e and
i n t e r f e r i n g d r u g s a t t h e r a p e u t i c and o v e r d o s e
l e v e l s i n p l a s m a . The method w a s s e n s i t i v e ,
r a p i d a n d s u i t a b l e f o r emergency t o x i c o l o g i c a l
cases.
Bloomer e - a l . (92) d e v e l o p e d a
t -
r a p i d method f o r d i a g n o s i s of s e v e r a l a c i d i c and
n e u t r a l s e d a t i v e - h y p n o t i c s u s i n g GC i n i n t o x i -
c a t e d p a t i e n t s . The p r o c e d u r e p e r m i t s s i m u l -
t a n e o u s i d e n t i f i c a t i o n and measurements of a
173
Table VI
Solvent Svstem Developer Rf Reference
CHC13:Et20 85:15 KI-benzidine 0.66 75
CHC13 :EtOH 90:10 KI-o-tolidine HC1 0.96 75
(after treatment
with gaseous C12)
EtOAcaeOH:NH385:5:2.5 0.1% KMnO4 and 1% 0.89 76
Ag NO3
CHCI3:Me2CO 9: 1 1% HgS04 Rf were reptd. 77
on various
commerc. avail. 77
2
-4
P
EtOAc:MeOH:NH40H 85:lO :5
silica gel tlc,
Cyc10hexane:CgHg :Et2NH 15 :3:2 plates, sheets, 77
films.
CHC13 :Me2C0 9 :1 0.2% aq. solution 78
CuSO with pyridine
(50:4,-grey color
developed.
IsoPrOH :CHCl :2 5%NH4OH 0.84 79
45: 45:lO
Table VI (cont'd)
Solvent System
Et0Ac:cyclohexane-dioxane:
Developer 3 Reference
79
MeOH:H20:NH40H 50:50:10:10:
1.5:0.5
50:50:10:10:0.5:1.5
EtOAc-cyclohexane:MeOH :NH40H 0.1% diphenyl carba- 0.89 79
56:40:0.8:0.4 zone (orange pink-
70:15:10:5 spot):1% AgOAc (blue-
purple spot: HgS04
(purple fades away).
EtOAc:cyclohexane:NH~0H 79
50: 40 :O .1
EtOAc :cyclohexane:NH40H : 79
MeOH:H20 70:15;2:8:0.5
CHC13:BuOH:HC02H 70:40:3.5 1% diphenyl carba-
(chamber saturated with zone;Hg (NO3) 80
NH40H)
EtOAc (redisti1led) W at 254 nm C12 0.68 81
Dioxane: CH2C1 :H20 l:2:1 and starch KI 0.96
1
CHC13 :Me2C0 9 : solution 0.55
Table VII
Gas Chromatographic Systems Used for Glutethimide Analysis
All systems listed used flame ionization detectors.
Column Carrier Gas Column Temp, Co Ref.
3% OV-17 on Supelcoport 55 ml/min He 160-2200 at 7"/min 95
(100-120 mesh) (derivatized
with dimethylformanide
dimethyl acetal) .
3% OV-1 on 100-120 mesh Gas 30 ml/min He 120-2200 at 1o0/min 96
Chrom Q
A
4 % OV-17 on 80-100 mesh 15 183 97
o, Chromosorb WHPAW-DMSC psi N2
3.8% SE-30 on 80-100 mesh 25 183 97
Chromosorb WHPAW-DMSC psi N2
10% Dexsil 300 on 800-100 N2 220 98
mesh Chromosorb WHP
17% Dexsil 300 on 80-100 220 98
N2
mesh
Chromosorb WHP
1% Carbowax 20M* 50-60 ml/min N2 205 91
* on 80-100 mesh Chromosorb W, HP.
T a b l e V I I (cont'd)
1 0 % A p i e z o n L* 50-60 m l / m i n N2 1 90 91
2
4 % CDMS* 50-60 m l / m i n N2 220-240 91
-I
-J
3 % OV-l* 50-60 m l / m i n N2 155 91
3% OV-25* 50-60 m l / m i n N2 1 65 91
4% ov-210* 50-60 ml/min N2 160 91
4
-l
Q)
* on 80-100 mesh chromosorb, W, HP.
GLUTETHIMIDE
179
HASSAN Y . ABOUL-ENEIN
6.8 B i o l o g i c a l Assay
G l u t e t h i m i d e c a n b e d e t e c t e d by hemag-
g l u t i n a t i o n i n h i b i t i o n method d e s c r i b e d by
Valentour e t a l . (125). A n t i s e r a from r a b b i t s
i n j e c t e d w i t h g l u t e t h i m i d e - b o v i n e serum a l b u m i n
( 1 0 mg/ml) w e r e s e n s i t i v e enough t o d e t e c t 50 n g
g l u t e t h i m i d e /0.1 m l plasma o r u r i n e .
The method w a s u s e d t o a n a l y z e u r i n e
and plasma p a t i e n t s s u s p e c t e d of g l u t e t h i m i d e
intoxication.
6.9 N u c l e a r M a g n e t i c Resonance
Aboul-Enein (126) h a s r e p o r t e d a method
f o r q u a n t i t a t i v e d e t e r m i n a t i o n of- g l u t e t h i m i d e by
NMR b o t h i n powder and t a b l e t f o r m u l a t i o n s . The
method o f f e r s a r a p i d , a c c u r a t e p r o c e d u r e f o r
a n a l y s i s of t h e d r u g . F u r t h e r m o r e , i t p r o v i d e s
a confirmatory i d e n t i f i c a t i o n f o r glutethimide.
180
GLUTETHIMIDE
References
1. W.G. Penprose and J.A. Biles, J. Am. Pharm.
ASSOC., Sci. Ed., 47, 523 ( 1 9 5 8 )
2. M. Bonamico, F. Cozola and G. Giacomello,
Gazz. Chim. Ital., 90, 109 (1960).
3. "Official Methods of Analysis of AOAC," W.
Horwitz Editor, 11th Ed., 1970, Association
of Official Analytical Chemist, Washington,
D.C. 1970, p. 959.
4. The National Formulary X I V , 14th Edition,
American Pharmaceutical Association, Wash-
ington, D.C., 1975, p. 297.
5. Thermomicroscopy in the analysis of pharma-
ceuticals, by M.K. Brandstatter, Pergamon
Press, 1971, p. 95.
6.
Abstr., 55, 575f (1961).
-
G . Pakleppa, Ger (East) pat. 16,295; Chem.
181
HASSAN Y . ABOUL-ENEIN
182
GLUTETH IMIDE
183
HASSAN Y . ABOUL-ENEIN
p. 2 3 4 .
53. H. Ellert, T. Jasinski, and N. Galicka,
Acta Polon. Pharm., 18, 5 2 1 ( 1 9 6 1 ) .
54. H. Kala, P. Sicker, Pharmazie,
~- 2 8 , 647
(1973).
55. S.E. Phang, M.C. Dutt and T.S. Tee, - J.
Pharm. Pharmacol., 1 3 , 3 1 9 ( 1 9 6 1 ) .
56. A.V. Belova, E.D. ZKakova, Farm. Zh. (Kiev)
2 4 , 3 4 ( 1 9 6 9 ) ; Chem. Abstr., -
1 2 , 5 9 1 3 7q
n970).
57. H. Sybirska, H . Gajdzinska, Arch. Toxikol.,
27,
- 226 ( 1 9 7 1 ) .
58. S. Mizumachi, Eisei Shikenjo Hokoku, No. 8 6
4 5 ( 1 9 6 8 ) ; Chem. Abstr., /2, 1 7 8 6 7 x ( 1 9 7 0 ) .
59. I . Lauermann, Arch. Toxicol., 31, 8 1 ( 1 9 7 3 ) .
60. National Formulary XIV, 14th Edition,
American Pharmacekical Association,
Washington, D.C., 1 9 7 5 , p. 2 9 7 .
61. J . Kracmarc and J. Kramarova and J. Slad-
kova, Pharmazie, 2 1 , 4 6 0 ( 1 9 6 6 ) .
62. L.R. Goldbaum andT.A. Williams, Anal.
Chem.
- -3 2 , 81 ( 1 9 6 0 ) .
63. A.L. Levy, S.K. Levy, Biochem. Med., 6 ,
127 (1972).
64. D.W. D a b , T.D. Trainer, Clin. Chem., -
16,
318 ( 1 9 7 0 ) .
65. E.D. Zinakova, Sud. Med. Ekspertiza, -
1 4 1 33
(1971).
66. R.P. Haycock, P.B. Seth and W.J. Mader, J.
Am. Pharm. ASSOC., Sci. Ed., 4 9 , 6 7 3 (19cO).
67. D. Davies and P.J. Nicholls, J.Chromatog.,
1 7 , 416 ( 1 9 6 5 ) .
-
68. C.G. Creig and D.H. Leaback, Nature, 1 8 8 ,
310 ( 1 9 6 0 ) .
69. H.P. Kloecking, Arch. Toxikol., 19,2 7 3
(1961).
70. S. Hishida, T . Tanobe, M. Ueda, Y. Mizor,
Nippon Hoigaku Zasshi, -2 6 , 415 ( 1 9 7 2 ) .
71. A. Dressler, Deut. 2 . ges. gerichtl Med.,
5 0 ,.rts
4bA
5,)
70691( -
55, 1 1 7 6 1 ~
n961).
72. J. Baumler, Mitt. Gebiete Lebensum u. Hyg.,
4 8 , 1 3 5 ( 1 9 5 7 ) , Chem. Abstr., -
52, 2 6 6 6 f
n958).
184
GLUTETHIMI DE
185
HASSAN Y. ABOUL-ENEIN
101.
102.
103.
104. E. B r o c h m a n n - H a n s s e n and A. B a e r h e i m
Svendsen, J . Pharm. S c i . , 51, 318 (1962).
105. B . P . K o r z u n , S.M. B r o d y , P X . Keegan, R.C.
Luders, and C.R. R e h m , J. L a b . C l i n . Med.,
-
68, 333 (1966).
106. I. S u n s h i n e , R. Maes and R. Feracci, C l i n .
C h e m . , 2,595 (1968).
107. P . G r i e v e s o n and J . S . G o r d o n , J . C h r o m a -
t o g r . , 44, 279 (1969).
108. J . M a c G G , C l i n . C h e m . , 17,587 (1971).
109. H . E . S i n e , M . J . McKenna, T.A. R e l e n t and
M.H. Murray, C l i n . C h e m . , 16, 587 (1970).
110 * L.R. G o l d b a u m and J.J. D o m G s k i , J. -
F o r e n s i c , S c i . , 11, 233 (1966).
111. A. W i n s t e n , and D. B r o d y , C l i n . C h e m . , 14,
589 (1967).
112. K.D. P a r k e r , J . A . W r i g h t , A . F . H a l p e r n , and
C.H. H i n e , J . Forensic. S c i . S O C . ,
125, (1968).
113. W.C. G r i f f i t h s , S.K. O l e k s y k , I . D i a m o n d ,
C l i n . B i o c h e m . , 6, 124 (1973).
114. J . H . Kaufman, Am, J . Med. T e c h n o l . , 39, -
338 (1973).
115. R . J . Flagagan , G . W i t h e r s , J. C l i n . P a t h o l ,
25, 899 (1972).
116. A. P r e m e l - C a b i c , P. Allain, Therapie, 28,
951 (1973).
117. -
R.G. C o o p e r , M . S . G r e a v e s , G . O w e n , C l i n .
- . 18, 1343 (1972).
C h e m-
118. E . Watson, S . M . K a l m a n , C l i n . C h i m . A c t a ,
38, 33 (1972).
119. K M . Solon, Anal. I n s t r u m . , 10,
185 (1972).
120. C . C a r d i n i , V. Quercia, A. C a l o , B o l l .
186
GLUTETHIMIOE
Chim. Farm., -
107, 300 (1968).
121. M. Gold, E. Tassoni, M. Etzl, Clin. Chem.,
19, 158 (1973).
122. M. Gold, E. Tassoni, M. Etzl and G. Mathew,
Clin. Chem., 20, 195 (1974).
123. K. h v y , T. Schwartz, Clin. Chim. Acta,
54, 19 (1974).
124..F Hoffmann, M. Buchner , and W. Hebecker ,
Pharmazie 29, 208 (1974).
125. J.C. Valentour, W.W. Harold, A.B. Stavit-
sky, G. Kananen, I. Sunshine, Clin. Chem.
Acta 43, 65 (1973).
-
126. H.Y. Aboul-Enein, Anal. Chim. Acta, -
-1
73,
399 (1974).
Acknowledgment
The author expresses appreciation to
Miss Marie Belmonte for typing the manuscript and
Mr. S. Kobrin for his technical assistance in
photographing the figures in this profile.
187
LEVODOPA
INDEX
Analytical P r o f i l e - Levodopa
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Mol ecul a r Weight
1.2 Appearance, Color, Odor
2. Physical P r o p e r t i e s
2.1 I n f r a r e d Spectrum
2.2 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2.3 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrum
2.4 Fluorescence Spectrum
2.5 Mass Spectrum
2.6 Optical Rotation
2.7 M e l t i n g Range
2.8 D i f f e r e n t i a l Scanning C a l o r i m e t r y
2.9 Thermogravi m e t r i c A n a l y s i s
2.10 S o l u b i l i t y
2.11 C r y s t a l P r o p e r t i e s
2.111 X-Ray D i f f r a c t i o n
2.1 12 C r y s t a l S t r u c t u r e
2.12 D i s s o c i a t i o n Constant
3. Synthesis
4. Separation o f Racemates
6. Drug M e t a b o l i c Products
7. Methods o f A n a l y s i s
7.1 E 1ernent a 1- An a 1y s is
7.2 Phase S o l u b i l i t y A n a l y s i s
7.3 Chromatographic Methods
7.31 Thin-Layer Chromatography
7.32 Paper Chromatography
7.33 Gas-Liquid Chromatography
7.34 Column Chromatography
7.4 D i r e c t Spectrophotometric Analysis
7.5 Col o r i met ri c Ana 1y s is
7.6 Non-Aqueous T i t r a t i on
7.7 Determination o f D-Dopa
190
LEVODOPA
8. Acknow 1 edgements
9. References
191
RALPH GOMEZ et al.
1. Descri p t i on
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Wei q h t
Levodopa i s (-)-3-(3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl)-L-
alanine.
HO b C H 2 C H C OI O H
NH2
2. Physical P r o p e r t i e s
2.1 I n f r a r e d Spectrum
The i n f r a r e d spectrum o f levodopa is shown i n
Figure 1 ( 1 ) .
The spectrum was recorded on a Perkin-
Elmer Model 621 G r a t i n g I n f r a r e d Spectrophotometer and was
measured i n a K B r p e l l e t which contained 1 mg o f levodopa
i n 300 mg o f KBr.
192
Id
P
0
-0
0
>
W
-1
cc
0
5
L
c,
V
Q)
P
Ln
-0
W
L
Id
L
+
ET
U
t-
lo-
rD \, I
0
1 I
“8 0
co
0
(0 d- 8
3 3 N V l l l W S N V H l Yo
193
FIGURE 2
NMR Spectrum o f Levodopa
LEVODOPA
TABLE I
2.3 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrum
The u l t r a v i o l e t spectrum o f levodopa ( 4 mg o f
levodopa/100 m l o f 0.1N h y d r o c h l o r i c a c i d ) i n t h e r e g i o n
o f 230 t o 370 nm e x h i b i t s one maximum a t 280 nm ( E =
2.8 x 103) and one minimum a t 250 nm. The spectrum i s
shown i n Figure 3 ( 3 ) .
2.4 F1uorescence Spectrum
The e x c i t a t i o n and emission spectra o f levodopa
are presented i n Figure 4 ( 4 ) . The sample was dissolved
i n methanol a t a concentration o f 1.43 mg o f levodopa/ml
and t h e spectra were recorded using a Farrand MK-1
recording spectrofluorometer. Levodopa e x h i b i t s e x c i t a t i o n
maxima a t 236 nm and 286 nm and emission peaks a t 320 nm
and 620 nm.
2.5 Mass Spectrum
The low r e s o l u t i o n mass spectrum o f levodopa i s
shown i n Figure 5 ( 5 ) . The spectrum was obtained using a
195
RALPH GOMEZ etal.
FIGURE 3
U1t r a v i ol e t Spectrum o f Levodopa
0.6
0.f
0.4
w
u
O.!
2a
8
m
0.2
0.I
I I I
250 300 350
NANOMETERS
196
- 8W
0
a
-8
P
0
-0
0 - 8In
>
a
-I
cc 0
0
-8, K
5L I-
U
c, O U
V
a
P
-s., z
Ln a
a 0 2
V
c -$
a
V
v)
a
L
0
- 8m
3
F
LL
- 8m
-s:
(u
197
FIGURE 5
Mass Spectrum o f Levodopa
100
90
80
A l I S N 3 1 N I 3hllWl3tl
70
5
3
I-
60
198
5 50
w
2
I-
40
a
-I
W
30
a
20
10
0
50 100 150 200
m/e
LEVOOOPA
TABLE I 1
High Resolution Mass Spectrum of Levodopa
Found Mass Calcd. Mass C
- H
- N
- 0
-
197.0678 197.0689 9 11 1 4
179.0540 1 79.0583 9 9 1 3
177.01 37 177.01 89 9 5 0 4
175.9964 1 75.9984 8 2 1
165.0149 165.01 88 8 5 0
161.0472 161.0477 9 7 1
152.0722 152.071 3 8 10 1
151.0633 151.0634 8 9 1
139.0207 139.0270 6 5 1
136.0537 136.0525 8 8 0
134.0612 134.0580 5 10 0
132.0446 132.0423 5 a 0
1 30.0032 1 30.0055 8 2 0
127.01 62 1 27.01 84 9 3 0
123.0415 123.0447 7 7 0 2
199
RALPH GOMEZ et a/.
TABLE I11
Sol ubi 1i t y Data f o r Levodopa
Sol vent Sol ubi 1i t y (mg/ml )
Water 3.0
95% Ethanol 0.3
3A Alcohol 0.15
200
FIGURE 6
Specific Rotati on Versus Wavelength for Levodopa
-
-
-50" -
z -
NOtlVlOtl 3M133dS
2 -
I-
2 -
201
0
a
0 -
LL
2 -100" -
a
v) -
-
-
-
-150"
300 400 500 600
WAVELENGTH IN NANOMETERS
RALPH GOMEZ eta/.
Me t h a no1 0.1
2-Propanol <0.01
Chloroform 0.1
D i ethyl Ether <o. 01
Petroleum Ether (3O"-6O0C) <o * 01
Benzene <o. 01
Dimethylacetami de <0.01
Propylene Glycol 0.2
Benzyl A1 coho1 <0.01
Acetone 0.03
Acetoni tri 1 e 0.07
202
LEVODOPA
TABLE I V
-
20 d (!)* I/Io**
6.54 13.52 4
13.08 6.77 2
14.75 6.01 4
15.31 5.79 2
16.85 5.26 20
17.91 4.95 4
18.45 4.81 53
19.75 4.50 14
21.21 4.19 100
22.38 3.97 21
22.73 3.91 42
23.05 3.86 38
23.85 3.73 3
24.91 3.58 60
25.86 3.45 55
26.35 3.38 6
26.92 3.31 28
28.57 3.13 10
29.61 3.02 9
31.25 2.86 21
33.19 2.70 8
33.64 2.66 12
34.31 2.61 6
35.43 2.53 5
36.15 2.49 6
36.28 2.48 21
37.25 2.41 9
37.74 2.38 25
38.34 2.35 8
39.35 2.29 5
40.04 2.25 10
203
RALPH GOMEZ er a/.
TABLE IV (cont.)
- n h
*d rn (interplanar distance)
**I/Io = percent r e l a t i v e intensity (based on maximum
intensity o f 1 .OO)
204
LEVODOPA
iH2 NHZ
3. Synthesis
Yamada, e t a l . (18) report the synthesis of levodopa
starting with three different compounds: 3-(3,4-methylene-
dioxypheny1)-L-alanine ( I ) ; N-acetyl-3-(3,4-methylenedioxy-
pheny1)-L-alanine ( 1 1 ) ; or N-acetyl-3-(3,4-methylenedioxy-
pheny1)-L-alanine Z-menthyl ester (111). The s t a r t i n g
materi a1 , red phosphorous and a mixture of HI and acetic
anhydride are refluxed for several hours t o give (-)-3-(3,4
di hydroxyphenyl )-L-a1 ani ne. The reaction scheme i s shown
in Figure 7.
4. Separation of Racemates
Methods described in the l i t e r a t u r e for the separation
of DL-3-( 3,4-dihydroxyphenyl )alanine into i t s opti cal
isomers general ly i nvol ve the resol uti on of an i ntermedi a t e
in the synthesis. The optically pure intermediate i s then
reacted further t o give pure levodopa or D-Dopa (19-24).
A procedure has been described which was used t o resolve
DL-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)alanine into i t s optically active
antipodes ( 2 5 ) . A supersaturated solution of the racemic
mixture was seeded with crystals of one pure enantiomorph
which crystallized pure enantiomorph. The mother liquor
was transferred t o a separatory vessel, heated and treated
with fresh finely ground racemic mixture; the amount added
was approximately twice the amount of pure enantiomorph
obtained in the f i r s t recrystallized stage. A preferential
solution of the deficient enantiomorph occurred which l e f t
the antipode behind as a crystalline product. The method
205
FIGURE 7
Synthesis o f Levodopa
G !
CH2- CH-COOH
?HZ
I
t
CH2 -CH-COOH
I
Iu
0 NH- COCH3
UJ
II LEVODOPA
d n CH2 - CH -COO
I
‘
0
m
LEVODOPA
207
RALPH GOMEZ e t a / .
FIGURE 8
Metabolism o f Levodopa
208
LEVODOPA
TABLE V (cont.)
M e t a b o l i t e s o f Levodopa R e f e r r e d t o i n F i g u r e 8
VI. 3,4-dihydroxyphenylethanol
VI I. 3,4-di hydroyyphenyl a c e t a l dehyde
VI I I . 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl a1 a n i ne
IX. 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl p y r u v i c a c i d
X. 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyll a c t i c a c i d
XI. 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl a c e t i c a c i d
XI I. 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylethanol
XIII. 3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenylacetaldehyde
XI V . 3-methoxy- 4- hyd roxy pheny 1e t hy 1ami ne
7. Methods o f A n a l y s i s
7.1 Elemental A n a l y s i s
A t y p i c a l elemental a n a l y s i s o f a sample o f
levodopa i s presented i n Table V I (37).
TABLE VI
Elemental A n a l y s i s o f Levodopa
7.2Phase S o l u b i l i t y A n a l y s i s
Phase s o l u b i 1it y a n a l y s i s has been c a r r i e d o u t
f o r levodopa u s i n g 1 :1 methanol :water as t h e s o l v e n t . An
example i s presented i n F i g u r e 9 along w i t h t h e c o n d i t i o n s
under which t h e a n a l y s i s was performed ( 3 8 ) .
209
2.5 -
2.0-
Y
0
1.5:
-- -- -- -- -
- - -
3
LEVODOPA
TABLE VIII
Thin-Layer Chromatographic Systems f o r Levodopa
Rf Value
Adsorbent Solvent of Levodopa Reference
Cellulose MN 300 Awl Alcoho1:Formic 0.50 39
Acid: Water (40 :40 :
20 1
Cellulose MN 300 n-Propano :Water 0.39 39
(65:25)
Cellulose MN 300 n-Heptane Carbon 0.02 39
Tetrachloride:
Methanol ( 70 :40 :30)
Polyami de Isobutanol :G1 aci a1 0.18 40
Acetic Acid:Cyclo-
hexane (80:7:10)
211
RALPH GOMEZ et a/.
TABLE V I I I ( c o n t . )
Rf Value
Adsorbent Sol vent of Levodopa Reference
TABLE I X
212
LEVODOPA
TABLE IX (cont.)
Paper Chromatographic Systems f o r Levodopa
Rf Value
Sol vent Development o f Levodopa Reference
Ethyl Acetate: Des cendi n g 0.21 41
Glacial Acetic
Acid: Water
(5:1.5:3)
Methanol :Water: Des cendi n g 0.42 43
Quinoline (160:
40 :8)
n-Butanol :Pyridine: Descending 0.47 44
0.2N Sodium Acetate
(1:l:l)
n-Butanol :Pyridine: Descending 0.68 44
1M Sodium Acetate
(1 :1:2)
n-Butanol :Pyridine Descending 0.40 44
(1 :1 ) saturated w i t h
1M Sodium Acetate
n-Butanol :Pyridine: Descending 0.54 44
Water (1 :1:1)
Benzene :Methanol : Descending 0.36 44
n-Butanol :Pyridine:
Water (1 :2: 1 :1:1)
Methanol :Water: Descend i n g 0.46 44
Pyridine (20:5:1)
Methanol :Water: Ascending 0.37 44
Pyri d i ne (20:5: 1 )
213
RALPH GOMEZ etal.
TABLE IX (cont.)
Paper Chromatographic Systems f o r Levodopa
Rf Value
Sol vent Development o f Levodopa Reference
To1uene:Ethyl Descending 0.59 44
Acetate :Py ri d i ne :
Water :Methanol
(1:l:l:l:l)
To1uene:Ethyl Descending 0.62 44
Acetate:Methanol :
Water (1 :1:1 : l ) -
Aqueous Phase
Water saturated Descending 0.05 44
w i t h methyl ethyl
ketone
Water saturated Ascending 0.02 44
w i t h methyl ethyl
ketone
n-Butanol :Ethanol : Descend 0.23 44
Water ( 2 : l : l )
Methanol :n-Butanol : Descend 0.3 44
Benzene: Water ( 2 :1 :
1:1)
Methanol :n-Butanol : Descending 0.2 44
Benzene:Water (4:3:
2:l)
Methanol :n-Butanol : Ascending 0.20 44
Benzene:Water (4: 3:
2:l)
To1 uene: Ethyl Descending 0.75 44
Acetate: Methanol :
0.1N HC1 ( 1 : l : l : l )
214
LEVODOPA
TABLE IX (cont.)
Paper Chromatographic Systems for Levodopa
Rf Value
Sol vent Development of Levodopa Reference
Methanol :Awl Descending 0.51 44
A1 coho1 :Benzene :
2N HC1 (37:17.5:
35: 12.5)
n-Butanol saturated Descending 0.19 44
w i t h 1N HC1
n-Butanol saturated Ascending 0.18 44
w i t h 1N HC1
$ e r t . -Butanol : Descending 0.08 44
Acetone: Formic Acid:
Water (160 :160: 1 :39)
t e r t . -8utanol: Ascending 0.06 44
Acetone: Formic Acid:
Water (160:160:1:39)
Ch1oroform:Glacial Descending 0.80 44
Acet i c Acid: Water
(2:l:l)
n-Butanol :G1 aci a1 Descending 0.21 44
Acetic Acid:Water
(4:l:l)
t e r t . -Butanol : Descending 0.06 44
Acetone:Propionic
Acid:Water (160:
160: 1 :39)
Benzene: Propionic Descending 0.83 44
Acid:Water ( 2 : l : l )
215
RALPH GOMEZ et al.
TABLE I X ( c o n t . )
Rf Value
Sol vent Development o f Levodopa Reference
216
LEVODOPA
TABLE IX (cont.)
Paper Chromatographic Systems f o r Levodopa
Rf Value
Sol vent Development of Levodopa Reference
t e r t . -Butanol : As cendi n g 0.10 45
Methyl Ethyl
Ketone: Water:
Formic Acid:
(44: 44: 11 :
0.26)
217
RALPH GOMEZ et al.
An absolute determination u s i n g an
internal standard yielded a precision of 2 1.2% f o r f i v e
degrees of freedom.
Gehrke and S t a l l i n g (47) reported the
quantitative gas-liquid chromatographic separation of the
N-trifluoroacetyl-n-butyl e s t e r of levodopa from 14 other
.
non-protei n amino acids The temperature programmed
chromatography was carried out on columns of 60/80 mesh
acid-washed Chromosorb W coated w i t h 5% w/w DC-550.
Yields of 98 -+ 3% were obtained.
Atkinson, Brown and Gelby (48) separated
the trimethylsilyl derivatives of levodopa, tyrosine,
phenylalanine, N-acetyl tyramine, tyramine, N-acetyldopamine
and dopamine isothermally on various columns. By using the
column i n conjunction w i t h a flame ionization detector,
levodopa was detected a t levels as low as 1-2 pg.
7.34 Col u r n Chromatography
As part of a study of the biosynthesis and
metabolism of catecholamines, Masuoka, e t a l . (49)
developed a separation of the constituents of tissue
extracts by column chromatography. The e x t r a c t s were
separated i n t o three fractions on an alumina column by
eluting successively w i t h 0.5M (pH 6.1) ammonium acetate
buffer, 0.01M (pH 4.0) ammonium acetate buffer and 2N
a c e t i c acid. The t h i r d fraction was then passed through a
Dowex 50 column which separated levodopa from the other
constituents. The fractions were monitored by measuring
the absorbance a t 279 nm.
Spiegel and Tonchen (50) described a
method f o r the separation of levodopa from catecholamines
found i n plasma. The sample was adsorbed on alumina,
eluted w i t h 0.1N hydrochloric a c i d , then adsorbed on and
eluted from an AG50W-X4 cation-exchange column.
A method f o r the separation of catechol
derivatives, including levodopa, from guinea p i g brains by
column chromatography wi t h Duo1 i t e C-25 was described by
Nakajima (51).
218
LEVODOPA
219
RALPH GOMEZ et a/.
8. Acknowledgements
The authors wish t o acknowledge t h e assistance o f
t h e S c i e n t i f i c L i t e r a t u r e Department and t h e Research
Records O f f i c e o f Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. f o r t h e i r
1it e r a t u r e searches.
220
LEVODOPA
9. References
221
RALPH GOMEZ er a/.
222
LEVODOPA
223
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
CONTENTS
I. Description
1.1 Nomenclature
1.12 G e n e r i c Names
I . 13 Trade Names
I .2 Formula, M o l e c u l a r Weight, S t r u c t u r e
1.22 Structure
I .3 Appearance, C o l o r , Odor
2. Physical Properties
2. I Spectra I P r o p e r t i e s
2.11 U l t r a v i o l e t A b s o r p t i o n Spectra
2.12 I n f r a r e d Spectrum
2.2 Solubility
2.31 Crystallinity
2.32 X-Ray D i f f r a c t i o n
226
SODIUM LEVOTHY ROX IN E
CONTENTS (continued)
2.4 pKa, Ionization Constant
2.5 Melting Range
2.6 Differential Thermal Analysis
2.7 Thermogravimetric Analysis
3. Synthesis
3.1 Chemical Synthesis
3.11 L-Thyroxine, Monosodium Salt
3.12 D-Thyroxine, Monosodium Salt
3.2 Nonenzymic Synthesis of L-Thyroxine
3.3 Synthesis of Radiolabeled L-Thyroxine
4. Stability
5. Drug Metabol ism
5.1 Metabolic Products
5.2 Biological Half-Life
6. Elemental Analysis
227
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
CONTENTS ( c o n t i n u e d )
6.3 Chromatographic A n a l y s i s
6.6 K i n e t i c Methods o f A n a l y s i s
6.7 Double-Isotope D i l u t i o n A n a l y s i s
7. Methods o f A n a l y s i s - A Compilation
8. References
228
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
I. Description
Sodium l e v o t h y r o x i n e i s a p h y s i o l o g i c a l l y a c t i v e m a t e r l a l
b e i n g t h e levo-isomer o f t h y r o x i n e . The d a t a p r e s e n t e d i n
t h l s a n a l y t i c a l p r o f i l e , unless otherwise stated, w i l l r e f e r
t o t h e levo-isomer. References t o d a t a o b t a i n e d f o r t h e
dextro-isomer, sodium d e x t r o t h y r o x i n e , t h e DL-form, o r f o r
t h e f r e e amino a c i d of e i t h e r s t e r e o i s o m e r w i l l be so
des i gnated.
I. I Nomenclature
( a ) Sodium d e r i v a t i v e o f 3-[4-(4-hydroxy-3,5-
d i iodophenoxy)-3,5-di iodophenyll-L-a l a n i n e l
I . 12 G e n e r i c Names
I . 13 Trade Names
C h o l o x i n , S y n t h r o i d , L e t t e r , C y t o l e n , Levoid,
E l t r o x i n , Laevoxin, Levaxin, Oroxine, and S y n t h r o i d Sodium.
229
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
(a) Sodium S a l t , P e n t a h y d r a t e :
C15H1014NNa04 5H20 888.96
(c) Free A c i d :
*
15 11 4 776.93
I .22 Structure
I I
NH2
I' I
I.3 Appearance, C o l o r , Odor
t o p a l e b u f f powder o r c r y s t a l l i n e powder s.
The sodium s a l t , pentahydrate, i an o d o r l e s s , w h i t e
The anhydrous
powder I s l i g h t ye1 low t o b u f f c o l o r e d and hygroscopic3.
2. Physical Properties
2. I S p e c t r a I P r o p e r t i es
The u l t r a v i o l e t spectrum o f t h y r o x i n e i n a c i d i -
f i e d e t h a n o l (pH 2.017 i s shown i n F i g u r e I . A maximum a t
300 nm ( E = 4600) and a s h o u l d e r a t 290 nm a r e bands c h a r a c t e r -
i s t i c o f t h e c o n j u g a t e d a r o m a t i c system.
F i u r e 2 i s t h e u l t r a v i o l e t spectrum i n a l k a l i n e
9
e t h a n o l (pH 13.0) which produces t h e sodium s a l t o f t h e
230
:$
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5 -
-
CONC: 2.004 x W5Y
SOLVENT: Acidifird Ethrnd (pH 2.0)
CELL: 5 an
ru
Y 0.4 -
0.3 -
0.2 -
0.1 -
?
I I I I
260 300 350 400
Figure 1
13.0)
0
400
- 0
d
0
350
-u)
m
0
300
- 0
0
0
260
-to
(v
N
Figure 2
Q)
232
SOD I UM LEVOTHY ROXl N E
p h e n o l i c h y d r o x y l on t h e a r o m a t i c system. The s p e c t r u m
shows t h e expected s h i f t i n maximum t o 328 nm ( E = 6580)
w l t h corresoonding increase i n i n t e n s i t y .
2.12 I n f r a r e d SDectrum
F i g u r e 3 i s t h e i n f r a r e d spectrum o f t h y r o x i n e ,
USP, t a k e n as a m i n e r a l o i l d i s p e r s i o n from 4000-625 c m - l
on a Perkin-Elmer Model 457 i n f r a r e d s p e c t r o p h o t m e t e r . The
f o l l o w i n g a b s o r p t i o n bands a r e a ~ s i g n e d : ~
Table I
I n f r a r e d S p e c t r a l Assignments
Wavelength (cm-l) Assignment
3600 OH
3500-3200 broad, NH2 + H20
1610
1415) coo-
I245 R-0-R
Table 2
P r o t o n NMR S p e c t r a l Assignments
233
Figure 3
MATERIAL:
INSTRUMENT: P r L R E l m r R32.90 MHz
RUN IN: DMSO-dg
I
235
k
L I I I I I I I 1 I
m 9 B 1 6 6 4 3 2 1 0
Figure 4
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
Table 2 (continued)
a broad m u l t i p l e t 3.00
b broad m u l t i p l e t 3.51
c broad, NH: t H20 5.30
d singlet 7.09
e singlet 7.83
Table 3
I
COOH
I
a 169.30
b 151.27
c 149.80
d 140.90
e 139.06
f and k 125.00
9 91.50
h 87.59
i 54.78
j o v e r l a p p e d by s o l v e n t
236
MATERIAL Thyroxine
INSTRUMENT: Varian CFT 20
RUN IN: DMSOd6
N
Y
Figure 5
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
9
L-thyroxine was o b t a i n e d on a Varian MAT CH-5 spectrometer.
The r e s u l t s a r e presented as a bar graph I n F i g u r e 6. The
presence o f a t r a c e o f t r l iodothyronlne i s evidenced by f r a g -
ments a t m/e 577, 607 and 651. Mass s p e c t r o m e t r i c s t u d i e s o f
t h y r o x i n e t r l m e t h y l s i l y l d e r i v a t i v e s have been reported.10
Dextrob I N NaOH i n 25 D t5 t o 3
3%
C2HsOH +6
aAnhydrous f r e e amino ac i d bAnhydrous sod iurn s a l t
238
Matsrial: Thyroxine
EmitbrWireCumnt: 23mA
win dippad m DMSO sdution
A
InmUm*n: Vrirn MAT CH-5 O f
Q
Soura T a n ~ e m re:
u 50°C
P.akr>m
El 'r
HI
+-
a
I
+'
+-
-
E
239
L
t
:il
10
El
3
0
0
Figure 6
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
S p e c i f i c r o t a t i o n s o f L - t h y r o x i n e (C = 29, 0.2 N H C I - e t h a n o l )
a t s e v e r a l wave1 engths and t e m p e r a t u r e s have been r e p o r t e d : 1 5
Temp Cal
(OC)
- 589 nm 578 nm 546 nm 436 nm 364 nm
U s i n g t h e above data, F e l d e r , e t a l l 5 o b t a i n e d t h e o p t i c a l
r o t a t o r y d i s p e r s i o n c u r v e s and e s t a b l ished t h e L- c o n f i g u r a -
t i o n o f t h e samp l e o f L - t h y r o x i n e .
2.2 Sol u b i I i t v
Table 4
L-Thyroxine Solubi I i t y
Ref
So I v e n t g/lOO ml
#
-
H20 0. 14 3
95% e t h a n o l 0.3, 0.4 1
a1 k a l i h y d r o x i d e s so I ub 1 e 1
chI orofom almost l n s o l u b l e 1
ethyl ether almost i n s o l u b l e 1
pH 7.4 b u f f e r 0.022-0.044 16
240
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
2.31 Crystallinity
C r y s t a l d a t a o n L - t h y r o x i n e , sodium s a l t ,
p e n t a h y d r a t e , have been r e p o r t e d by Cody, e t a l .I7
2.32 X-Ray D i f f r a c t i o n
The c r y s t a l and m o l e c u l a r s t r u c t u r e s o f
L - t h y r o x i n e h y d r o c h l o r i d e , monohydrate have been determined
b y X-ray c r y s t a l lography and r e p o r t e d i n t h e I i t e r a t u r e . 2 8
The c r y s t a l system i s m o n o c l i n i c , and t h e sample c r y s t a l l i z e d
i n space group C 2 w i t h a = 17.23, b = 5.14, C = 25. 15 R;
$ = 90.47'; Z = 4.
2.5 M e l t i n g Range
241
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
2.6 D i f f e r e n t i a l Thermal A n a l y s i s
The t h e r m o g r a v l m e t r l c a n a l y s i s o f L - t h y r o x i n e sodium,
pentahydrate, was o b t a i n e d on a DuPont T h e r m o g r a v l m e t r i c
A n a l y z e r ( s e e F i g u r e 8).z1 The compound was heated a t a r a t e
o f 2OoC p e r m i n u t e under n i t r o g e n sweep t o 475OC. A w e i g h t
loss of ~ 9 was % observed. As expected, i n c e p t i o n o f r a p i d
decomposition appeared t o o c c u r a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y 20OoC. The
r e s u l t o b t a i n e d by t h e loss on d r y i n g p r o c e d u r e o f t h e USP
X I X 4 was 8.75%.
3. Synthesis
3.1 Chemical S y n t h e s i s
To a c o o l e d suspension o f L - t y r o s i n e ( 1 ) i n
s u l f u r l c a c i d was added n i t r i c a c i d which on n e u t r a l i z a t i o n
yielded 3,5-dinitro-L-tyrosine ( I I ) . An a l k a l i n e s o l u t i o n o f
( I I ) a c e t y l a t e d w i t h a c e t i c a n h y d r i d e y i e l d e d t h e amide ( I l l ) .
E s t e r i f i c a t i o n o f ( I l l ) t o ( I V ) was e f f e c t e d u s i n g e t h y l
a l c o h o l and p - t o l u e n e s u l f o n i c a c i d and t h e n a z e o t r o p i n g t h e
w a t e r w i t h c h l o r o f o r m . The d l p h e n y l e t h e r ( V ) was p r e p a r e d
from ( I V ) by t r e a t m e n t w i t h p - t o l u e n e s u l f o n y l c h l o r i d e and
242
h)
P
0
Figure 7
N
P
P
1 1 I I 1 I I I I I I
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
Figure 8
t
N r n
I I
0 0
81
0v=o
I
0
0
1
I I
;
0 0--z
1 1
I N IN
0-2 I
I 0
N
I
0
I
I
."
0
I
I
\m
m
I
0 I 0
z 0
I 0 1
0 v=o
I
1 1
1
0--z
I
8
0
I N
f
1 1
V -2
I
C
0
Y-
O
I
245
m
I
o
c v m
I Z
0 0
t
I
O I 0
8 o=o 0
I I 0,
I 1
0-2 6
\
I,
I
W
I
u m
I
o
N m
I 1
0 0
Q, 81
o o=o
I I
1 1
0 --z
IN
I
0,
I
o
Y a,
.-UL
l;9
\'
0
0,
I
0
246
c
h
0
0
u I
r x
N I N I
0--z I 1 cu
0--z I
I I 0
iu I
I cu
I
OH
0
Jp q\-
H H Y
H 0
I
0
I
H
H H
0 0
+0
(0
I I z
247
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
A l I t h e p r o t e c t i v e groups p r e s e n t i n ( V I I )
were removed by t r e a t m e n t w i t h a m i x t u r e o f h y d r o i o d i c a c i d
and g l a c i a l a c e t i c a c i d . lodination of (VIII) wlth a
s o l u t i o n o f Iodine i n ethylamlne yielded L-thyroxine ( I X ) .
The a d d i t i o n o f L - t h y r o x i n e t o a b o i l i n g 2 2
sodium c a r b o n a t e
s o l u t i o n produced t h e d e s i r e d p r o d u c t ( X I .
3.2 -
Nonenzymic S y n t h e s i s of L-Thyroxine
I n an a t t e m p t t o e x p l a i n t h e b i o s y n t h e s i s o f
t h y r o x i n e from 3,5-di i o d o - L - t y r o s l n e , Shi ba, e t a I z 4 pro-
posed a nonenzymic model f o r t h i s pathway ( F i g u r e I I ) . A t
n e u t r a l pH and a t room t e m p e r a t u r e and i n t h e presence o f
sodium g l y o x y l a t e ( I l l , c u p r i c a c e t a t e , and oxygen, t h e
r e a c t i o n proceeded r a p i d l y t h r o u g h a t r a n s a m i n a t i o n v i a a
m e t a l c h e l a t e o f t h e S c h i f f base o f d l i o d o t y r o s i n e and g l y -
o x y l i c a c i d ( I I I ) . O x i d a t i v e coup1 i n g o f 4-hydroxy-3,5-
d i l o d o p h e n y l p y r u v i c a c i d ( I V ) w i t h t y r o s i n e y i e l d e d t h e L-
thyroxine (V). The a n a l y t i c a l d a t a p r e s e n t e d e s t a b l i s h e d
t h e s t e r e o s p e c i f i c i t y of t h i s s e r i e s o f r e a c f i o n s . The
o v e r a l I y i e l d was 8%.
240
NO2
KBr, NaN02
H O V CH2 -CH - COOH
\
L-HO-I=)..-CH-COOH / I
NH2 >- H2S04 BI r
NO2 n02
(I1 - from F i g u r e 9) (XI 1
-
aqueous NH3
H O O C H 2 - CH-COOH
\ I
1
NH2
NO2
(XI I )
F i g u r e 10
N
3
+
3 z
0 -0--0 N
I
/ + I +
"Y
' "Z," -O
I 2
+ Y 4 ?
Y
%Y&
0-0
P
I
+
+
N
r:
250
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
4. Stability
Several i n v e s t i g a t o r s have s t u d i e d t h e s t a b i l i t y o f
t h y r o x i n e as a f u n c t i o n o f t h e d e l o d i n a t i o n process which
y i e l d s f r e e i o d i n e and t r i iodothyronine. StanburyaP has
reviewed t h e pathway and mechanism o f t h i s process by b o t h
i n v i t r o and I n v i v o experimentation. He i n d i c a t e d t h a t t h e
major f a c t o r I n t h e d e i o d i n a t i o n process i s i n v o l v e d w i t h
t h e f a c t l e i o n l z a b l I i t y o f t h e hydroxyl group. Because o f
t h i s , one can expect t h a t t h e lodlnes i n t h e 3' and 5'
p o s i t i o n s a r e more l a b i l e than those i n t h e 3 and 5 p o s i t i o n s
251
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
( r e f e r t o § I ,221. The r e l e a s e d i o d i d e i s t h e n o x i d i z e d t o
f r e e i o d i n e . T h a t t h i s appears t o be t h e i n v i v o mechanism
has subsequently been borne o u t by o t h e r i n v e s t i g a t o r s .
5. Drug Metabolism
5. I Biological Half-Life
I n a s t u d y s i m i l a r t o t h a t of S t e r l i n g , e t a1,32
Demeester-Mi r k i ne showed t h a t t h e ha I f - I i f e o f 1 3 1 1 - t h y r o x i ne
i s 7 days i n serum and 0.4 days i n t i s s u e s . 3 3
5.2 Metabol i c P r o d u c t s
T h y r o x i n e i s c o n v e r t e d t o t r i i o d o t h y r o n i n e i n hypo-
t h y r o i d human s u b j e c t s m a i n t a i n e d on s y n t h e t i c sodium L-
252
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
6. Elemental A n a l v s i s
% (Theory)
6.1 D e t e r m i n a t i o n of O r g a n i c a l l y Bound l o d l n e
As t h e c r i t e r i o n o f a c c e p t a b i I i t y i n b o t h t h e USPd
and t h e NF3 i s t h e assay v a l u e f o r i o d i n e , t h e methods o f
a n a l y s i s employed t o d e t e r m i n e t h i s element have been c a r e -
f u l l y investigated.
253
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
254
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
A modif i c a t i o n d g o f t h e oxygen f l a s k
combustion method has been used p r i o r t o t h e c o u l o m e t r i c
t i t r a t i o n 4 0 o f t h e iodide:
6. I4 S p e c i f i c Ion E l e c t r o d e
The s p e c i f i c i o n e l e c t r o d e s e n s i t i v e t o i o d i d e
has been used by P a l e t t a and Pantenbeck43 f o r samples of L-T4.
The i o d i n e i s s t r i p p e d from t h e compound w i t h a c t i v a t e d a l u -
minum f o i I a t pH I I a t 6OoC i n 10 minutes. A f t e r n e u t r a l l z -
a t i o n w i t h d i l u t e h y d r o c h l o r i c a c i d , t h e p o t e n t i a l is meas-
u r e d u s i n g t h e s p e c i f i c i o n e l e c t r o d e 4 4 versus t h e calomel
r e f e r e n c e e l e c t r o d e . The amount o f i o d i d e p r e s e n t i s d e t e r -
mined by comparing t h e p o t e n t i a l r e a d i n g w i t h t h o s e o b t a i n e d
f o r a s e r i e s o f standard s o l u t i o n s c o n t a i n i n g t o lo-’
grams o f i o d i d e p e r m l . The assay r e s u l t s compared f a v o r a b l y
w i t h t h o s e o b t a i n e d by t h e c o n v e n t i o n a l t i t r i m e t r i c p r o c e d u r e
u s i n g a sodium t h i o s u l f a t e t i t r a n t .
6.2 D e t e r m i n a t i o n o f Water
L - t h y r o x i n e monosodium i s g e n e r a l l y p r e p a r e d as a
h y d r a t e . Thus, i n o r d e r t o compare samples on an anhydrous
b a s i s , t h e m o i s t u r e c o n t e n t i s determined.
255
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n i s as f o l l o w s :
6.3 Chromatographic A n a l y s i s
As t h y r o x i n e i s o f t e n contaminated w i t h t r i i o d o -
t h y r o n l n e , and i n t h r y o i d powders w i t h a s e r i e s o f i o d i n a t e d
t h y r o n i n e s a n d / o r t y r o s i n e s , and i n s e r a w i t h s i m i l a r
compounds, it i s i m p o r t a n t t h a t t h e chromatographic system
employed be c a p a b l e o f s e p a r a t i n g t h e s e r e l a t e d compounds.
Thus, i n t h e s e v e r a l chromatographic t e c h n i q u e s used t o
e v a l u a t e t h r y o x i n e and t h r y o x i n e - c o n t a i n i n g m a t e r i a l s , t h e
R f , RT, e t c . o f t h e s e r e l a t e d compounds a r e a l s o r e p o r t e d
when a v a i l a b l e .
The f o l l o w i n g a b b r e v i a t i o n s o f t h r y o x i n e and
r e l a t e d compounds w i l l be used:
T4 thyroxine
T3 3,3', 5 - t r i io d o t h y r o n i ne
T2 3,5-d i i o d o t h y r o n i ne
TI 3-iodothyron i n e
T t h y r o n i ne
I- i norgan ic iod i de
TY t y r o s i ne
MIT 3-iodotyrosine
DIT 3,5-diiodotyrosine
A s i g n i f i c a n t amount o f l i t e r a t u r e i s a v a i l a b l e
concern i ng t h e app I i c a t i o n o f paper chromatography t o t h e
s e p a r a t i o n o f t h e iodoamino-acids. A few o f t h e r e l e v a n t
pub1 i c a t i o n s have been c i t e d . 4 5 - 5 3
256
I&Lci
R f Values o f Thyroxine, Analogs, and R e l a t e d Compounds (Paper Chromatography)
M o b i l e Phase
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12
ComDound I Rf
T4 0.89 0.47 0.45 0.45 0.51 0.43 0.86 0.70 0.28 0.43 0.22 0.07
T3 0.91 0.70 0.63 0.65 0.63 0.58 0.86 0.85 0.36 0.78 0.33 0.25
T2 0.69 0.06 0.11 0.11 0.68 0.62 0.82 0.85 0.47 0.42
TI 0.87 0.62 0.35
T 0.26
'I 0.26 0.40 0.90 0.89
T 0.46 0.26 0.25 0.17 0.17
MIT 0.58 0.39 0.18 0.28 0.72
DIT 0.67 0.59
Mobile Phase: Reference #
I. n-Butanol:2N acetic a c i d ( I : I ) 46
2. n-Butanol :&hano1 :0.5N NH40H ( 5 : 1 :2) 47
3. n-Butano I :d I oxane :2& m 4 0 H ( 4 : I :5 1 48
4. C o l l i d i n e (conc. NHt,OH vapor) 46
5. n-5utanol :ethanol :2N NH40H (5:I :2) 49
6. n-Butanol :2N NH40H T5:2) 49
7. n-Butanol :Zv f o r m i c a c i d 50
8. n-Butanol :6F NH40H 50
9. lsoamyl alcohol : t e r t - a m y l a l c o h o l :6N NH40H ( 1 : I :2-upper phase) 45
10. t e r t - a m y l a l c o h o l :2N NH40H:hexane ( 5 : 6 : I ) 53
I I. I, I-dimethy I propanol- I s a t u r a t e d w i t h 6N - NH40H 52
12. 3% sodium c h l o r i d e 53
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
Table 6
D e t e c t 1on Met hods
Used i n Paper Chromatography o f Thyroxine
A comprehensive d e s c r i p t i o n o f t h e f o l l o w i n g d e t e c t i o n
methods i s l i s t e d i n Reference 46 - they a r e o n l y b r i e f l y
descr i bed here :
'I. C e r i c - a r s e n i t e reagent:
2. F e r r i c h l o r 1 d e - f e r r i c y a n ide-arsenious a c i d reagent:
3. Starch:
Less s e n s i t i v e d e t e c t i o n reagents a r e :
4. D l a t o t i z e d s u l f a n i l l c acid:
258
SOD1 UM LEVOTHY ROX I N E
Table 6 (continued)
T h i s r e a g e n t i s o n l y s l i g h t l y more s e n s i t i v e t h a n t h e
above, and t h e c o l o r s a r e i n t h e p u r p l e range.
6. N i n h y d r in :
A l e s s s p e c i f i c reagent, s i n c e it r e a c t s w i t h amino
a c i d s . L-T4 appears as a p u r p l i s h brown c o l o r
r a t h e r t h a n t h e t y p i c a l p u r p l e . The l i m i t o f
d e t e c t i o n o f L-T4, L-T3, and L-T2 i s I ~ 9 . ~ ~
7. Ultraviolet light:
I. Neutron a c t i v a t i o n a n a l y s i s
259
Table 7
(see notes)
M o b i l e Phase
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Rf
0.55 0.25 0.38 0.48 1.28 0.89 0.14 0.18 0.24 0.58
0.73 0.36 0.46 0.59 1.76 1.13 0.34 0.50 0.30 0.49
0.50 0.66 0.48 0.58 0.27 0.38
0.27
1- 0.87 0.75 0.70 0.53 0.90 0.62 0.31
0.12
MIT 0.18 0.29 0.23 0.67 0.39 0.83 0.07 0.14 0.18
DIT 0.73 0.24 0.19 0.15 0.17 0.72 0.04 0.09 0.30
NOTES
+
.-
Table 7 ( c o n t i n u e d )
V
0
c
+
.-
Ref #
.--
n
a
D
n
+I
t
r
Mob i l e Phase Adsorbent Detect ion
ul
L
a,
a,
V
0
a,
m
ul
C
a,
58
.-
a
0
-N
-V.->
Z
I
-acn,
-a,
W
-0
L
0
3. Tert-amy alcohol:acetone:NH40H Kieselgel G N i n h y d r i n , PdCI2
s
a,
a,
ul
?!
nJ\
u
a,
..
t
( 2 5 : 8 : 7 , v/v)
>
.-
.-L
n
0
-N
t
-
-V
-..
cn
L
z
L
-0
D
- -f
t-
t W
4. Tert-but-nol:tert-amyl alcohol: Eastman Sheets N i n h y d r i n , PdC12 59
0 0
m
E 0
Q)
c
L >
E t
ul 0
m
C
a,
ul
C
a,L
ma,
2-0
1 Y
4
* Lo
c3
NH40H :met hy I e t hy I ketone :H20 #6060 ( S i l i c a Gel)
a,
C
a,
N
(Rf &ven as r e Z a t i v e Rf of I-, Rf of I- not r e p o r t e d )
!-I
5.
.-
._.-
n ulna
t c
D V
Tert-amyl alcoho1:dioxane:iN- NH40H 20% S i I i c a Gel G+ Diazotized 60
(0--0
N + -
o m w
N -
a, .-
.-
uz
D
-
(2:2: I ) 80% C e l l u l o s e s u l f a n i l i c acid,
a,
0
ul
a,
3 D
m
V
0
0
z
M
MN 300 PdC I 2
(Rf given as reZative Rf of I-, Rf of I- not r e p o r t e d )
L
G O -
k
%W
I
H
6.
>-
h)
rub
- NH40H
v,
Ln
Same as 5
' F -V
m
E
a,
m
ul
( I :4: I )
( I:5)
-..u-3
u
-a,
.-
V
-
u .. .-
Cel I u l o s e Powder Ferric chloride:
LL
7. Formic acid:H20 61
0
a,
0
3
a,
I
O D
L O U
a,
v
I:
..
.-
f e r r i cyan i de:
u
arsenious a c i d
(0
- NH40H:ch l o r o f o r m
Cn
P
Z
2I
I
'
5
a,
m
ul
0
0
E
..
I
(376:70:60)
I
..
- NH40H
U
9.
.-0
c3
L3
-a,
S i l i c a Gel G
-
Ceric sulfate:
-
Ethy1acetate:methanoI:ZN 62
2
m
2
1
..
I
:
-
(100:40:60, V / V ) sod i um a r s e n i t e
.
..
(not r e p o r t e d )
+
.-V
.-V
-
c3
t h
-..
T;I
.-V
c3
S i l i c a Gel G
Y-
10. Ch1oroform:methanol : f o r m i c a c i d 66
E0 In
E \>
(0
0
€
(0
(0
e -..
a, >
a,
0
c
M
0
( 7 0 : 15: 15, v / v )
..
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
T a b l e 5 l i s t s t h e R f o f s e v e r a l o f t h e iodo-
aminoacids i n d i f f e r e n t systems. D e t e c t i o n methods a r e
l i s t e d i n T a b l e 6. Several Whatman papers have been used:
Whatman I , 3, 4, 3MM b e i n g t h e most p o p u l a r . I n addition,
t h e procedure has been c a r r i e d o u t i n t h e ascending,
descending and c i r c u l a r modes. I n each case, i t has been
t h e e x p e r i e n c e o f t h e a u t h o r s t h a t , under t h e p r o p e r c o n d i -
t i o n s o f temperature, equi I i b r a t i o n time, and l e n g t h o f run,
t h e Rfs o b t a i n e d w i t h any o f t h e s e modes gave e s s e n t i a l l y
e q u i v a l e n t r e s o l u t i o n from day t o day and l a b o r a t o r y t o
Iaboratory . Dei od I n a t I on e f f e c t s d u r i ng paper chromatog r a p hy
have been e v a l u a t e d and described I n Section 4.
Paper chromatography, u s i n g f o u r d i f f e r e n t
s o l v e n t systems on Whatman # I paper, was used t o e s t a b l i s h
t h e chromatographic p u r i t y o f t h e L - t h y r o x i n e sodium r e f e r e n c e
substance p r i o r t o i t s a d d i t i o n t o t h e B r i t i s h .Pharmacopoeia.54
e f h y r o x i n e v a l u e s a r e r e p o r t e d f o r t h e compounds I i s t e d i n
T a b l e 7.
T h i n l a y e r chromatography o f f e r s some
advantages t o paper chromatography i n t h a t b e t t e r s e p a r a t i o n s
a r e general l y o b t a i n e d w i t h h i g h e r l o a d i n g s . However,
r e p r o d u c i b i l i t y o f R f values i s oftentimes d i f f i c u l t t o
o b t a i n because o f t h e b a t c h t o b a t c h d i f f e r e n c e s i n adsorbents,
t e m p e r a t u r e v a r i a t i o n s w i t h i n a l a b o r a t o r y , and e q u i l i b r a t i o n
t i m e s used by d i f f e r e n t i n v e s t i g a t o r s . Thus, t h e d a t a
p r e s e n t e d i n T a b l e 7 s h o u l d be c o n s i d e r e d i n l i g h t o f t h e s e
v a r i a b l e s ; and t h e a n a l y s t should be expected t o a l t e r t h e
m o b i l e phase, a l t h o u g h s l i g h t l y , t o e f f e c t a s u i t a b l e
separation.
The r e f e r e n c e s c i t e d 5 5 - 6 2 i n d i c a t e t h e v a r i e t y
o f systems a v a i l a b l e f o r t h e s e p a r a t i o n o f t h e s e compounds.
Chapters from s e v e r a l t e x t ~ 4 6 , ~ 3 > @c o n t a i n a d d i t i o n a l
i nformation.
A c r i t i c a l t h i n l a y e r chromatographic a n a l y s i s
o f L - t h y r o x i n e sodium was made by a j o i n t committee o f t h e
Pharmaceutical S o c i e t y o f G r e a t B r i t a i n and t h e B r i t i s h
Pharmacopoeia p r i o r t o e s t a b l i s h i n g t h e sample as a r e f e r e n c e
s ~ b s t a n c e . 5 ~F i v e d i f f e r e n t m o b i l e phases on f i v e d i f f e r e n t
adsorbants were used t o e s t a b l i s h i t s p u r i t y .
262
SODIUM LEVOTHYAOXINE
The a p p l i c a t i o n o f c a t i o n exchange
r e s i n s t o s e p a r a t e t h e i o d o t h y r o n i n e s has been r e p o r t e d . 71J
7 7 J 7 8 The c i t e d r e f e r e n c e s deal a l m o s t e x c l u s i v e l y w i t h two
iodoaminoacids and two i o d o t h y r o n i n e s , MIT, DIT, T3 and T4,
r e s p e c t i v e l y . R e c e n t l y , Sorimachi and U i 7 9 r e p o r t e d t h e
s e p a r a t i o n o f e i g h t d i f f e r e n t i o d o t h y r o n i n e s on (1.0 x 15 cm)
c a t i o n exchange r e s i n , AG 50W-X4 (30-35 pm), e q u i l i b r a t e d
w i t h 0.04 M ammonium a c e t a t e b u f f e r , pH 4.7, c o n t a i n i n g 30%
( v / v ) e t h a n o l a t 5OoC and a g r a d i e n t o f I n c r e a s i n g pH. The
263
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
Table 8
Iodide 6
MIT 37
DIT 50
TI 80
T2 80
T3 I06
T4 91
3'-T I 96
3,3'-T2 I13
' '
3 , 5 -T2 88
'
3,3 ,5' -T3 96
The appl i c a t i o n o f g e l f i l t r a t i o n
s e p a r a t i o n o f t h e i o d o t h y r o n i n e s has been p r i m a r i l y used t o
d e t e r m i n e t h e i r i n d i v i d u a l c o n t e n t s I n b i o l o g i c a l samples.
The i n f o r m a t i o n p r o v i d e d i n T a b l e 9 i n d i c a t e s t h e chromato-
g r a p h i c systems used t o s e p a r a t e t h e iodoaminoacids i s o l a t e d
from t h e s e samples. Each o f t h e c i t e d r e f e r e n c e s d e s c r i b e s
t h e i m p o r t a n t s t e p s r e q u i r e d t o p r e p a r e t h e s e columns (e.g.,
t h e i r dimensions, mesh s i z e o f t h e g e l p a r t i c l e s , e t c . ) , t h e
d e t e c t i o n systems used ( g e n e r a l l y t h e c e r i c - a r s e n i t e r e a c t i o n ,
u l t r a v i o l e t absorption, l i q u i d s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting o f
tagged i s o l a t e s , e t c . ) , and t h e p r e c i s i o n and accuracy o f t h e
p a r t i c u I a r v a r i a t i o n employed by t h e r e s p e c t i v e i n v e s i t g a t o r .
264
S O D I UM LEVOTHY ROX INE
Table 9
Gel F i l t r a t i o n Chromatographic S e p a r a t i o n Systems
Co I umn Compounds Ref
E1uent
Mater i a I Separated -
#
(a )
Sephadex G-25 0.01 ,N NaOH DIT, T3, T4 81
Sephadex G-25 tert-amyl alcohol T3, T4 82
saturated w i t h
2 -
N NH40H
Sephadex G-25 0.02 -
N NaOH Ty, MIT, DIT, T, 80
T I , ( b ) T2, T3, T4
Sephadex LH-20(a) ethy I acetate: MIT, DIT, T3, T4 83
methanol : 2 N NH40H
( l00:25: 10, T/v)
T a b l e 10
Kd Values of l o d o t h y r o n i n e s and R e l a t e d Compounds
(a ) Kd
Comoound
TY 0.32
MIT 0.36
DIT 0.52
T 0.52
3- l o d o t h y r o n i ne 0.93
T2 1.13
3 , 5 '-d i io d o t h y r o n i ne I .95
T3 2.35
3,3',5'-tri iodothyron ine 4.40
T4 5.20
265
Table I I
Gas L i q u i d Chromatographic S e p a r a t i o n Systems
fa’FID = Flame I o n i z a t i o n D e t e c t o r
fC’Trimethylsl l y l d e r i v a t i v e
’
OD ‘d’Dimethylchlorosi lane
ff’As t h e sod i um sa I t , h y d r a t e
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
S i n c e t h e iodoaminoacids a r e n o t
v o l a t i l e and t h u s n o t amenable t o a gas c h r o m a t o g r a p h i c
analysis, the preparation o f suitable stable v o l a t i l e
derivatives p r i o r t o analysis i s a prerequisite.
From t h e i n f o r m a t i o n I n T a b l e I 1 i t i s
apparent h a t t h e two f a v o r e d d e r i v a t i v e s a r e t h e N,O-
d i p i va I y I methyl e s t e r and t h e TMS. The advantage o f t h e
former i s t h a t t h e e s t e r s have g r e a t e r s t a b i l i t y . However,
they requ r e a two-step s y n t h e s i s , whereas t h e l a t t e r can be
prepared n a s i n g l e step but a r e s e n s i t i v e t o moisture.
T h y r o x i n e and t r i i o d o t h y r o n i n e have
a l s o been s e p a r a t e d i n l e s s t h a n 12 m i n u t e s on a M i c r o p a k
269
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
6.5 Po I a r o g r a p h i c Ana I y s i s
270
SOD1 U M LEVOTHY R OX INE
s o l u t i o n I s deoxygenated w i t h n i t r o g e n . The t h y r o x i n e
c o n t e n t I s determined by comparison o f wave h e i g h t of t h e
sample a t E& -0.6 t o -0.7V w i t h t h a t o f standards. The
method i s s u f f l c l e n t l y s e n s i t i v e t o determine t h e t h y r o x i n e
c o n t e n t o f spots i s o l a t e d by t h i n l a y e r chromatography.
6.6 K i n e t i c Methods o f A n a l y s i s
The a p p l i c a t i o n of k i n e t i c measurements of t h e
i o d i n e c a t a l y z e d c e r i c arseni t e reaction108,109 has been
u t i I lzed f o r t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f t h y r o x i n e i o d i n e i n
chromatograph I c e l u a t e s . 76~1*0,111 The r e p o r t e d methods a r e
rapid, have h i g h p r e c i s i o n and a r e s e n s i t i v e , g e n e r a l l y
d e t e c t i n g less than I ng o f T4.
6.7 Double-losotope D i l u t i o n A n a l y s i s
I n f o r m a t i o n presented by t h e J o i n t Committee of t h e
Pharmaceutical S o c i e t y of Great B r i t a i n and t h e B r i t i s h
Pharmaceutical Committee54 i n d i c a t e s t h a t a l I D-thyroxine
c o n t a i n s t r a c e amounts o f t h e L-isomer. A method f o r d e t e r -
mining t h e amount o f L-T3, an i n t e r m e d i a t e i n t h e s y n t h e s i s
o f D-T4, has been reported.45 An a d a p t a t i o n o f t h i s method
has been appl l e d t o D-T4 c o n t a i n i n g less than I % o f t h e L-
i somer. 114
271
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
6.9 Equi I i b r i u m D i a l y s i s
B i r d and A b i o d u n l Z 7 employed e q u i l i b r i u m d i a l y s i s
and i o n exchange chromatography t o d e t e r m i n e free t h y r o x i n e .
I o n exchange chromatography was used t o s e p a r a t e t h e 1251
i o d i d e from t h e 1251-L-thyroxine p r i o r t o d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
f r e e thyroxine content.
The l i t e r a t u r e i s r e p l e t e w i t h a s i g n i f i c a n t number
of p u b l i c a t i o n s d e s c r i b i n g m o d i f i c a t i o n s o f e q u i l i b r i u m
d y a l y s i s o r a c o m b i n a t i o n of t h i s p r o c e d u r e w i t h o t h e r
s e p a r a t i o n t e c h n l q u e s . l 1 8 - Z 2 2 The c i t e d papers o f f e r a good
b a s i c background t o t h e a p p l i c a t i o n of t h i s method t o t h e
s t u d y o f t h e t h r y o x i n e - p r o t e i n b i n d i n g phenomenon.
7. Methods of A n a l y s i s - A Compilation
272
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
Table 12
Table 13
A n a l y s l s o f Thyroxine T a b l e t s
Titrimetry:
I odometr i c 1, 3, 4
273
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
Table 13 (continued
Chromatog rap hy :
PC 148
TLC 107, 144, 149
Pol arography 107
Spectrop hotometry 107, 144, 148, 149, 150, 151,
152, 153
Table 14
A n a l y s i s o f Thyroxine Powders
Cer i metry 61
Chromat o g rap hy
PC 154
T LC 59, 61, 149, 155, 156
I EC 154
GLC 94, 97, 157
S pectrophotometry 149, 150, 156
Titrlmetry 1
Table 15
Cer i met r y 68, 69, 71, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77,
78, 79, 120, 133, 145, 146,
158, 159, 160, 161
Chromatography :
I EC 67, 69, 70, 72, 72, 73, 74, 76,
77, 120, 117, 136, 145, 146,
GFC 147, 159, 163, 164
G FC 85, 110, 137, 165, 166, 167
GLC 87, 90, 98, 138
Neutron Act i v a t ion 104, 105
274
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
T a b l e 15 ( c o n t i n u e d )
Kinetic 211
D i a iy s i s 215, 116, 117, 118, 719, 168,
169, 170, 171, 172
Spectrometry 163, 169, 173
Au toma t ion 73, 74, 78, 136, 145, 146, 147,
159, 170
Radloimmunoassay 174, 175, 176
Competitive P r o t e i n Binding 105, 128, 170, 171, 176, 177,
178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183,
184, 185, 186; 187-
Nephelometry 188
E I e c t r o p hores i s 70, 135, 172
F I uoromet r y 162
8. References
1. B r i t i s h Pharmacopoeia, 1973.
2. The Merck Index, 8 t h ed., Merck 8 Co., Inc., Rahway,
NJ.
3. N a t i o n a l Formulary X I V , 1975.
4. U n i t e d S t a t e s Pharmacopeia X I X , 1975.
5. C. L. Gemmill, Arch. Biochem. Biophys., 54, 359 (1955).
6. -
H. Edelhoch, J . B l o t . Chem., 237, 2778 (1962).
7. Smith KI i n e & French L a b o r a t o r i e s , Phi l a d e l p h i a , PA.
8. G. A . Hagen, e t a l . , A n a l y t . Biochem., 33, 67 (1970).
9. G. Roberts, Personal Communication, S m i t h K l i n e 8
French L a b o r a t o r i e s , P h i l a d e l p h i a , PA.
10. A. M. Lawson, e t a t . , Blomed. Mass Spec., - I , 374
(1974).
11. C. R. H a r r i n g t o n , Biochem. J . , 22, 1429 (1928).
12. J. R. Chalmers, e t a t . , J . ChemTSoc., 1949, 3424.
13. R. P i t t - R i v e r s , Biochem. J., 43, 223 (1948).
14. H. Nahm and W. S e i d e l , Chem. E r . , 96, I (1963).
15. E. F e l d e r , e t a l . , I1 Farmaco, 19, 7 9 (1964).
16. H. E. E v e r t , J. Phys. Chem., f537478 ( 1960).
17. V. Cody, e t a t . , J . Appl. C r y s t a l l o g r . ,2, 140 (1972).
18. A. Camerman and N. Camerman, Acta C r y s t a l l o g r . , S U P P I .
-
830, 1832 (1974).
275
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
276
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
87.
( 1966) -
P. I . Jaakonrraki and J . E. S t o u f f e r , . Gas Chromatogr.,
88.
-
1967. 303.
E. T. Backer and V . J . P i l e g g i , J . Chromatogr., 36, 351
(1968).
89. F. Shahrokhi and C. W. Gehrke, A n a l y t . Biochem., - 24, 281
(1968).
90. J . E. S t o u f f e r , J . C h r m a t . S c i . , 7, 124 (1969).
91. L. B. Hansen, Anal. Chem. 40, 1587-(1968).
92. N. M. Alexander and R. S c h x g , A n a l y t . Biochem., - 22, 187
(1968).
93. K. Funakoshi end H. J . Cahnmann, A n a l y t . Biochem., 27,
I 5 0 ( 1969).
94. B. M. R. H e i n l , e t a t . , J . Chromatogr., - 60, 51 (1971).
95. R. 0. Zimmerer, J r . , and L. T. Grady, J . Pharm. S c i . ,
60, 493 ( 971 I *
-
96. R. D o c t e r and C. Hennemann, C l i n . Chim. Acta, - 34, 297
(1971 1.
97. R. Bi lous and J . J . Windheuser, J . Pharm. Sci., - 62, 274
(1973).
98. M. Tajudd n and S. G. Elfbaum, C l i n . Chem., - 19, 109
( 1973).
99. B. L. Karger, e t a l . , J . Chrom. S c i . , 12, 678 (1974).
100. Chromatographic Method 820M5, March 3 0 , 1970. DuPont
i n s t r u m e n t s , Wilmlngton, DE.
101. M. A. C a r r o l I , Personal Communication, Smith KI i n e &
French L a b o r a t o r i e s , Phi l a d e l p h i a , PA.
102. A p p l i c a t i o n High1 i g h t s , AH-319. Waters A s s o c i a t e s ,
Frami ngham, MA.
103. I . A I S O S , Meddr. n o r s k farm. Selsk., 29, 91 (1967).
104. 8. G l o b e l , e t a l ., S t r a h l e n t h e r a p i e Sonderband, - 70, 109
(1970).
278
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
279
ALEX POST AND RICHARD J. WARREN
280
SODIUM LEVOTHYROXINE
184.
-
75, 325 ( 1 9 7 0 ) .
S . Barbadoro, Can. J . Med. Technol., 35, 5 ( 1 9 7 3 ) .
185. H. Sel igson and D. Se igson, C I i n . C h x . Acta, - 38, 199
(1972) *
186. S. C. Thorson, e t a l . , Acta E n d o c r i n o l . , 64, 630 ( 1 9 7 0 ) .
287. S. Nobel and F. B a r n h a r t , C I i n . Chem., 15, 509 ( 1 9 6 9 ) .
188. G. Hocman and L. Hegedus, E n d o k r i n o l o g i e , - 55, 194
(1969).
261
METHOTREXATE
Contents
--
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formulae, Molecular Weight
1.2 Isomeric Forms
1.3 Appearance, Color, Odor
2. Physical P r o p e r t i e s
2.1 Infrared Spectrum
2.2 Proton Magnetic SpeCtrUm
2.3 Carbon-13 Magnetic Spectrum
2.4 U l t r a v i o l e t spectrum
2 . 5 Mass Spectrum
2.6 Optical Rotation
2.7 D i s s o c i a t i o n Constants
2.8 S o l u b i l i t y
3. Synthesis
4. Stability
4.1 Bulk
4.2 S o l u t i o n
5. M e t a bol i s m
6. Methods of A n a l y s i s
6.1 Elemental Analysis
6.2 Equivalent Weight Determination
6.21 Nonaqueous t i t r a t ion
6.22 Complex-formation t i t r a t i o n
6.3 Biological Assay
6.31 Microbiological Assay
6.32 Enzymic Assay
6.4 Polarographic Assay
6.5 Spectrophotometric Analysis
6.51 Fluoromet r i c
6.52 U l t r a v i o l e t / v i s i b l e
6.6 Chromatography
6.61 Paper
6.62 Thin-Layer
6.63 column
6.64 High Speed Liquid
6.7 Proton Magnetic Resonance
284
METHOTREXATE
7. Acknowledgment
8. References
285
ARTHUR R . CHAMBERLIN eta/.
1 . Description
' 6'
7 0 Y FooH
COOH
286
METHOTREXATE
2. P h y s i c a l Properties
2.1 --
I n f r a r e d Spectrum
--
Recorded as a s u s p e n s i o n i n m i n e r a l o i l , t h e
spectrum i n F i g u r e 1 shows r e l a t i v e l y broad s t r u c t u r e s ,
i n d i c a t i n g t h e complexity of t h e molecule and s u g g e s t i n g
t h e l a c k of c r y s t a l l i n i t y of t h e sample. T a b l e I g i v e s
t h e assignments t o t h e major bands.
TABLE 1
I n f r a r e d Assignments f o r Methotrexate
I R Absorption B a n d b )
-I-----
Interpretation
---
2.90-3.10 H20, -W2)
3 .O0-4.03 -
-COOH
5.90-6.10
9
-C-(
R B
COOH, -C-N-)
6.50-6.60 Amide I1
11.9 H
2.2
ElH
H
P r o t o n Magnetic Resonance Spzctrum (pmr)
H
Table I1 g i v e s t h e s t r u c t u r a l assignments t o t h e
resonances i n F i g u r e 2 .
287
-I
O
0.10 r
w
V
z 0.20
2K 0.30
N
a, 0
a, 0.40
Q
-
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
WAVELENGTH - microns
Assignments
___-I_
s i c a l Shifts (ppm) Multiplicity J(Hz)
2.3 -
Carbon-13 magnetic spectrum (cmr)
The "cmr spectrum i n Figure 3 w a s recorded on a
Varian XL-100 spectrometer with t h e sample as a s o l u t i o n i n
IMSO. The assignments given i n Table 111 f o r Figure 3 are
i n general agreement with those reported by Ewers and
co-workers,' but minor d i f f e r e n c e s e x i s t .
TABLE I11
2.1; ---
Ultraviolet
Figure =the
spectru~
UV spectrum of methotrexate i n 0.1 N
NaOH. The longest wavelength maximum appears a t 372 nm and
i s a s c r i b a b l e t o t h e diaminopteridine moiety. The i n t e r -
mediate wavelength maximum occurs a t 303 nm and i s due
primarily t o t h e aminobenzoyl group. The s h o r t wavelength
maximum is a t 258 nm and is a t t r i b u t e d t o both chromophores.
In 0.1 N HC1 methotrexate expsriences a hypsochromic
s h i f t r e s u l t i n g i n a UV spzctrum (Figure 5 ) t h a t e x h i b i t s
FIGURE 5
294
METHOTREXATE
TABLE I V
A b s o r p t i o n S p a c t r a of M e t h o t r e x a t e
-
Solvent
I
0.1 N HC1
0.1 M ~ ~ 6 T. r 7i s buffer
0.1 N NaOH
The mass s p s c t r a l f r a g m e n t a t i o n p a t t e r n o b t a i n e d
f o r t h e tri-, tetra-, and psnta-TMS d e r i v a t i v e s is
summarized as follows:
I
RZ-NH
c
295
ARTHUR R . CHAMBERLIN et al.
21
589
= 20.4 2 0.6' (c 1, N/10 NaOH)
546 = 26.9 0.8'
2.7 ~
D i s s o c i-
a t i o- --
n Constants
Neither t h e a c i d i c nor t h e b a s i c pKa f o r methotrex-
ate has been r e p o r t e d . However, Albert and co-workers5
reported t h a t t h e basic pKa values f o r 2 , b d i a m i n o p t e r i d i n e
w e r e < 0.5 and 5.32. Kallen and Jencks' r e p o r t e d t h e a c i d i c
pKa values f o r p-aminobenzoylglutamic a c i d a s 4.83 and 3.76.
By spectrometry, w e found a pKa of 5.60 2 0.03, which i s
a s s i g n a b l e t o t h e diaminopteridinyl moiety.
2.8 ___--
Solubility7
Methotrexate is p r a c t i c a l l y i n s o l u b l e i n water,
alcohol, chloroform, and e t h e r . I t i s f r e e l y s o l u b l e i n
d i l u t e s o l u t i o n s of a l k a l i n e and carbonates; it i s
s l i g h t l y s o l u b l e i n d i l u t e hydrochloric acid (1 i n 2 ) .
3. Synthesis
The f i r s t reported s y n t h e s i s of methotrexate, t h a t by
Seeger and co-workers' is a s follows:
CH2Br
I
+ CHBr +H-N C-NH-
I
CHO
COOH
-------- ----
+C These s p e c i f i c r o t a t i o n values a r e based on anhydrous
methotrexate.
296
METHOTREXATE
T h i s r e a c t i o n o f t e n i s r e f e r r e d t o as t h e Waller r e a c t i o n ,
because Waller i n i t i a l l y p r e p a r e d p t e r o y l g l u t a m i c a c i d by
an analogous method.
T h e o r e t i c a l l y , the s u b s t i t u t i o n on t h e p y r a z i n e r i n g
c a n be at t h e C-6 o r t h e C-7 p o s i t i o n . Proof of s t r u c t u r e
is based on t h e p t e r i n e c a r b o x y l i c a c i d o b t a i n e d from a n
a l k a l i n e p3rmanganat.e o x i d a t i o n of m e t h o t r e x a t e . Of t h e
two a c i d s p o s s i b l e , o n l y t h e C-6 h a s been found. D i s -
t i n c t i o n between t h e two p o s s i b l e a c i d s h a s been based on
comparative paper chromatography, a l t h o u g h pmr or c m r a l s o
c o u l d be u s e d .
NC N CHZC1 0
0 0 I DMF
R=N-( g l u t a m y l )
297
ARTHUR R . CHAMEERLIN eta/.
NH2 NH2
4. ----
Stability
4.1 Bulk
When stored i n a cappsd, brown b o t t l e a t room
temperature, samplings removed over a twelve-month period
yielded i n d i s t i n g u i s h a b l e UV and papsr chromatographic
d a t a , These r e s u l t s i n d i c a t e t h a t methotrexate is stable
f o r a t least one y e a r under these conditions.
4.2 Solution
As d i l u t e s o l u t i o n s ( 0 . 5 mg and 0.05 mg/ml) i n pH
7 .O aqueous sodium bicarbonate maintained a t room tempera-
t u r e i n darkness and under laboratory illumination, a l i q u o t s
removed over a 24-hour period y i e l d e d i d e n t i c a l papergrams,
within experimental e r r o r s . On t h i s basis, these s o l u t i o n s
were considered stable under t h e s e conditions.
298
METHOTREXATE
Photodecompwition of c e r t a i n p t e r i n e s is well
documented .I1 However, no s p e c i f i c r e p o r t on t h e
photochemistry of methotrexate has been found i n t h e
literature.
5. Metabolism
I n man, a very l a r g e p o r t i o n of t h e methotrexate
administered is excreted unchanged, 'la i n d i c a t i n g t h a t
l i t t l e metabolism of t h i s drug occurs.
6. Methods
--- -
of Analysis
6.1 ----
Elemental Analysis
Table I V p r e s e n t s t h e r e s u l t s from a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e
elemental a n a l y s i s of methotrexate ( r e f e r e n c e standard) .
TABLE V
Elemental Analysis of Methotrexate
9
Element -Theory -- $ Found
C 52.85 52.72
H 4.88 4.85
N 24.66 24.51
* Adjusted f o r t h e found water
299
ARTHUR R . CHAMEERLIN e t a / .
6.21 Nonaqueous T i t r a t i o n
D e Carnevale e t a1.l’ d e s c r i b e d a n
e q u i v a l e n t weight d e t e r m i n a t i o n based on a sodium methoxide
t i t r a t i o n i n p y r i d i n e t o an a z o - v i o l e t end p o i n t . Because
t h e b a s i s of t h e t i t r a t i o n i s a n a c i d l b a s e n e u t r a l i z a t i o n ,
it l a c k s s p e c i f i c i t y . Consequently, t h e method has not
been employed widely as a n a s s a y f o r m e t h o t r e x a t e .
6.22 -
Complex-Formation -----
Titration
G u e r e l l o h a s described’’ a second t i t r a t i o n
by which e q u i v a l e n t w e i g h t s of m e t h o t r e x a t e samples can be
obtain??. The aethod i s basad on t h e complexation between
the Ca and t h e glutamyl moiety and t h e r e b y a f f o r d s
higher s p e c i f i c i t y than an acidlbase neutralization.
Because g l u t a m i c a c i d c o n t a i n i n g i m p u r i t i e s a r e commonly
found i n m e t h o t r e x a t e samples, r e s u l t s from t h i s t i t r a t i o n
must be i n t e r p r e t e d c a r e f u l l y .
6.3 ---------
B i o l o g i c a l Assay
6.31 M i c r o b i o l o g i c a l Assay
S e v e r a l m i c r o b i o l o g i c a l a s s a y s are d e s c r i b e d
i n the 1 i t e r a t ~ r e . l ~
A l l are r e l a t i v e l y n o n s p e c i f i c and
very time consuming and t h u s have l i t t l e u s e f u l n e s s f o r
routine analyses.
6.32 -Enzymic
- - - Assay
~ -
Werkheiser and co-workers” have developed
an enzymatic a s s a y f o r m e t h o t r e x a t e u s i n g f o l i c acid
reductase . M e t h o t r e x a t e b i n d s v e r y t e n a c i o u s l y and
s t o i c h i o n e t r i c a l l y t o t h i s enzyme and i s determined
c o l o r o m e t r i c a l l y by t i t r a t i o n of t h e drug w i t h t h e
enzyme.
6.4 P o l a r o g r a p h i c Assay
Asahi” has r e p o r t e d p o l a r o g r a p h i c r e d u c t i o n of
m e t h o t r e x a t e . H e a t t r i b J t e s t h e f i r s t wave as being t h e
r e d u c t i o n t o dihydromethotrexate, t h e second wave a s being
t h e r e d u c t i v e c l e a v a g e of t h e CH2-N bond, and t h e t h i r d
wave a s being t h e r e d u c t i o n t o 2,4,-diamino-6-methyl-5,6,7,
8-tetrahydropteridine ,
300
METHOTREXATE
6.5 S p e c t r o p h-------
otometric Analysis
6.51 ---
Fluorometric Analysis
F l u o r o m e t r i c methods2' have been used
w i d e l y i n t h e a n a l y s i s of m e t h o t r e x a t e . The methods a r e
based on a n o x i d a t i v e t r a n s f o r m a t i o n of m e t h o t r e x a t e t o
the presumed p t e r i n e c a r b o x y l i c a c i d which f l u o r e s c e s
i n t e n s e l y . Because many of t h e i m p u r i t i e s commonly found
i n m e t h o t r e x a t e a l s o undergo t h e same r e a c t i o n , t h e s e
methods l a c k s p c i f i c i t y u n l e s s t h e o x i d a t i o n i s preceded
by a s e p a r a t i o n scheme i n which m e t h o t r e x a t e i s i s o l a t e d .
6.52 --
Ultraviolet/Visible Analysis
Because commercial m e t h o t r e x a t e s a n p l e s a r e
impure, and because t h e o r g a n i c i m p u - i t i e s have W absorp-
t i o n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s t h a t a r e similar t o t h o s e of
methotrexate, d i r e c t u v / v i s s p s c t r o p h o t o n e t r i c a n a l y s i s i s
e n t i r e l y t o o n o n s p e c i f i c t o be of any v a l u e i n t h e
q u a n t i t a t i v e a n a l y s i s of m e t h o t r e x a t e . P r a c t i c a l l y a l l
t h e contaminants l i k e l y t o be p r e s e n t i n a sample of
met h o t r e x a t e- -N1' -me t h y 1p t e r o i c a c i d , and so f o r t h - -
w m l d i n t e r f e r e w i t h a direct W o r v i s i b l e method.
6.61 --
Paper
Nichol and co-workers21 have r e p o r t e d t h e
s e p a r a t i o n s of m e t h o t r e x a t e from related compounds on
Whatman No. 1 w i t h pH 7.0, 0.1 M sodium phosphate and w i t h
pH 5.0, 0.1 M sodium acetate. I n our l a b o r a t o r y , w e have
used 0.5% NaHC03 and 0.5% Na2C03 w i t h t h e sane papzr.
The a s s a y procedure f o r m e t h o t r e x a t e c i t e d
i n USP XVIII is s i m i l a r t o t h e a s s a y r e p o r t e d by Balazs et
a 1 e x c e p t t h a t t h e r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d i s USP m e t h o t r e x a t e
301
ARTHUR R . CHAMEERLIN etal.
which i t s e l f i s impure.
6.62 Thin-layer
Copenhaver and O'Brienz3 have used ion-
exchange thin-layer chromatography t o s e p a r a t e a number of
f o l i c a c i d analogs including methotrexate .
The cation-
exchange r e s i n was AG50W-X4, and the developing solvent
was 154 Na2HF04'12 H20, p H 8.5 b u f f e r containing 0.1 M
mercaptoethanol .
6.63 Column
Heinrich and c o - ~ o r k e r sreported ~~ the
use of Dowex 1-chloride w i t h very d i l u t e HC1 or N@ to
separate f o l i c acid and r e l a t e d compounds. Noble
described a p u r i f i c a t i o n procedure based on the use of a
Dowex 1-acetate w i t h pH 3.2, M a c e t a t e b u f f e r . Oliverio2'
cited t h e use of DEAE c e l l u l o s e and pH 8 phosphate b u f f e r
gradient t o s e p a r a t e f o l i c acid analogs. G a l l e l l i and
YokoyamaZ7 developed a methotrexate assay procedure
e n t a i l i n g a DEAE c e l l u l o s e s e p a r a t i o n followed by a
spectrophotometric measurement of t h e i s o l a t e d component.
6.64 High -
Speed Liquid
In our work w i t h other f o l i c a c i d antagon-
ists, cat ion exchange high speed l i q u i d chromatography
(HSLC) has been very e f f e c t i v e i n separating c l o s e l y
r e l a t e d p t e r i d i n e s . Taking advantage of t h i s s e l e c t i v i t y ,
we have developed a HSLC method of a n a l y s i s f o r methotrexate
that is specific, f a s t , and s e n s i t i v e . W e use it t o assay
b u l k and formulated methotrexate. The procedure r e q u i r e s
a reference methotrexate sample of known purity, which i s
used a s an e x t e r n a l reference o r i n conjunction w i t h a n
i n t e r n a l reference that, i n our laboratory, has been
2-amino-bmethylpyridine . The column, l m x 3mm 0 .D.
Vydac Cation Exchange Packing, i s held a t 55' during t h e
developnent w i t h pH 4.30, 0 . 1 M KH2P04 a t a f l o w rate of
1.0 ml/min. The e f f l u e n t is monitored by a UV-detector set
a t 254 nm. With t h e d e t e c t o r s e t a t i t s highest s e n s i t i v i t y ,
s o l u t i o n s a s d i l u t e d a s 1 pg methotrexate/ml can be i n j e c t e d
302
METHOTREXATE
d i r e c t l y and d e t e c t e d .
$ MTX = Wr x A s x454.4 x
- - 1 P
Ws Ar 54.2
where W r = weight of i n t e r n a l standard used
A r = i n t e g r a t e d a r e a of i n t e r n a l
standard He s i n g l e t (8.02 6 )
As = i n t e g r a t e d a r e a of methotrexate
H7 proton (8.64 6)
P = p u r i t y of t h e i n t e r n a l standard
303
ARTHUR R. CHAMBERLIN etal.
7 , Acknowledgments
----
Supported by C o n t r a c t N01-CM-33723 from t h e d i v i s i o n of
Cancer Treatment, N a t i o n a l Cancer I n s t i t u t e , N a t i o n a l
I n s t i t u t e s of Health, Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare. The o p i n i o n s e x p r e s s e d are t h o s e of t h e a u t h o r s
and not n e c e s s a r i l y t h o s e of t h e N a t i o n a l Cancer I n s t i t u t e .
304
METHOTREXATE
8. Reference?
305
ARTHUR R . CHAMBERLIN etal.
24.
s, 454 (1969) '
M.K. Heinrich, V.C. Dewey, and G.W. Kidder, J .
Chromatog. - 2, 296 (1959).
25. E.P. Noble, Biochem. Prep. 8, 20 (1961).
26. V.T. Oliverio, Anal. Chem. 3, 263, (1951).
27. J . F . G a l l e l l i and G. Yokoyama, J . Pharm. S c i . 55,
357 (1957)
306
METHYCLOTHIAZLDE
James A . Raihle
JAMES A. RAIHLE
Contents
1. Description
1.1 Nomenclature
1.11 Chemical Names
1.12 Generic Name
1.13 Trade Names
1.2 Formulae
1.21 Empirical
1.22 Structural
1.3 Molecular Weight
1.4 Elemental Composition
1.5 General
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Infrared Spectrum
2.2 Raman Spectrum
2.3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2.4 Ultraviolet Spectrum
2.5 Mass Spectrum
2.6 Melting Range
2.7 Differential Thermal Analysis
2.8 Dissociation Constant
2.9 Solubility
2.10 Crystal Properties
3. Synthesis
4. Stability-Degradation
6. Methods of Analysis
6.1 Titrimetric Methods
6.11 Argentimetric Titration
6.12 Potentiometric Titration
6.2 Chromatographic Methods
6.21 Column Chromatography
6.22 Paper and Thin-Layer Chromatography
6.3 Spectrophotometric Methods
6.4 Polarographic Method
7. References
308
METHYCLOTH lAZl DE
Methyclothiazide
1. Description
1.1 Nomenclature
1.11 Chemical Name
Methyclothiazide is 6-chloro-3-(chloromethyl)
-3,4-dihydro-2-methy1-2H-1,2,4-benzothiadiazine-7-su1fon-
amide 1,l-dioxide. (1) It is also known as 6-chloro-3-
ch1oromethy1-3,4-dihydro-2-methy1-7-su1famoy1-1,2,4-benzo-
thiadiazine lyl-dioxide; 6-chloro-3-chloromethyl-2-methyl-
7-sulfamyl-3,4-dihydro-1,2,4-benzothiadiazine 1,l-dioxide
(2) and by many slight variations of the particular nomen-
clature. The GAS Registry No. is [135-07-91.
Methyclothiazide
1.2 Formulae
1.21 Empirical
‘gHl 1C12N304S 2
1.22 Structural
309
JAMES A. RAIHLE
360.23
C -
30.00; H - 3.08; C1 - 19.68; N - 11.66;
0 - -
17.77; S 17.80.
1.5 General
2. Physi'cal Properties
310
WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)
2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 15
Table I1
312
- 0
AlISN31NI
0 0
0 0 0 0 0
Qo 9 v el
313
FIGURE 3 - NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE
SPECTRUM OF METHYCLOTHIAZIDE
r
d
8.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.o
PPM (6)
METHYCLOTH IAZIDE
Table 111
Number of Chemical
Assignment Protons Shift (ppm) Multiplicity
315
JAMES A. RAIHLE
Ly
v
2
a
m
=
0
VI
m
a
316
FIGURE 5, MASS 5PEClRUM OF MElHYCLOlHIAZIDE
I ; I,, ,
317
Composition
Mass Relative Error
Found Intensity (mu) -c L! ! 0 s c135
358.9565 3.06 -0.32 9 1 1 3 4 2 2
318
FIGURE 6 - DIFFERENTIAL THERMAL ANALYSIS CURVE OF METHYCLOTHIAZIDE
2.9 Solubility
National Formulary
Solvent Solubility Descriptive Term( 1)
320
METHYCLOTH IAZIDE
Table V
-
dA -111
1 -
dA I/I1
9.8 5 2.95 5
7.75 50 2.90 LO
7.5 30 2.81 60
7.2 5 2.72 3
6.25 20 2.68 5
5.75 50 2.62 15
5.3 5 2.51 10
5.1 10 2.42 3
4.85 100 2.27 15
4.56 80 2.24 10
4.42 20 2.15 3
4.3 15 2.11 5
4.11 20 1.99 8
4.00 2 1.88 3
3.90 2 1.85 5
3.75B 20 1.81 8
3.6 3 1.77 2
3.52 20 1.75 3
3.44 5 1.73 3
3.32 5 1.69 2
3.30 8 1.64 4
3.12 5 1.5 B 4
3.07 8 1.35B 3
3.00 5 1.3 B 3
3. Synthesis
321
Figure 7
Synthesis of Methyclothiazide
0=0
0
0
II
+ CH31
z
z
I
+HpNCNHz
N
N
z
I
N
322
*
-
6
I
N
t
0
I
%
0
2
I
z
I
I
z
I
0
6
6
N
0
METHYCLOTH IAZIDE
4. Stability-Degradation
6. Methods of Analysis
6.1 Titrimetric Methods
323
JAMES A. RAIHLE
324
METHYCLOTH IAZIDE
7. References
325
JAMES A. RAIHLE
326
M ETRONIDAZOLE
Cantents
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
1.2 Appearance, Color, Odor
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Infrared Spectrum
2.2 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2.3 Ultraviolet Spectrum
2.4 Mass Spectrum
2.5 Optical Rotation
2.6 Melting Range
2.7 Differential Scanning Calorimetry
2.8 Thermogravimetric Analysis
2.9 Solubility
3. Metabolism
4. Pharmacokinetics
5. Methods of Analysis
5.1 Titrimetric Analysis
5.2 Spectrophotometric Analysis
5.3 Colorimetric Analysis
5.4 Chromatographic Analysis
5.41 Thin Layer Chromatography
5.42 Gas Chromatography
5.5 Polarographic Analysis
6. Synthesis
7. References
8. Acknowledgments
328
METRON IDAZOLE
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
Metronidazole is 1-(2-hydroxyethyl) -2-methyl- 5-
n i troimidazole
CH2 CHZOH
329
W
Figure 1
Infrared Spectrum of Metronidazole
METRON I DAZO LE
331
. . . . 5.0 . ..m
( T ). .6.0
, .. . . . . . . . . .8.0. . . . . . . .91) . . . . , . . . . ? . . .
. . . . . 7.0
l ' " - I ' ' ~ ' . '
00 PD tm m
tm
o m
**,
0
0
1u
I I . . . . I
I . . . 1 1 . . r....l...., . . . II . . .. . , . . . . l I . .
.. I
I
..I . . . . ,
I
. I
I . . . . ' . .. 1 .
....LA
- 1 .
..
ko 74 4.a
Figure 2
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum of Metronidazole
I
Figure 3
u1 traviolet Spectrum of Metronidazole in 0.1 N Sulfuric Acid in Methanol
E
1
J
NBMINFIL- MRSSi-
Figure 4
Mass Spectnnn of Metronidazole
METRON IDAZOLE
r a t e o f 10°C/minute i s shown i n f i g u r e 6. 4
2.9 Solubility
Solubilities in various solveps at 2S0C are
given in the following table.
Solvent Solubility, mg/ml
Water 10.5
Methanol 32.5
Ethanol 15.4
Chlorofo m 3.8
Heptane co.01
3. Metabolism
Stambaugh et a1.6 found that the major urinary excretioA
products of metronidazole in man and 0 - 1 mice were
unchanged metronidazole, 1-(2-hyroxyethyl)-2-hydroxy-
methyl-5-nitroimidazole and their ether glucuronides .
335
-
OaN3
OX3
336
Figure 5
DSC Thennogram of Metronidazole
2-
.c-+m
E W E R A T W E OC
------
Figure 6
TGA of Metronidazole
LORRAINE L. WEARLEY AND GAYLORD D. ANTHONY
338
METRON IDAZOLE
339
L O R R A I N E L. WEARLEY A N D G A Y L O R D D. ANTHONY
340
METRONIDAZOLE
341
LORRAINE L. WEARLEY AND GAYLORD D. ANTHONY
-0.6 V
Figure 8
Polarograph of Metronidazole,
2% Solution in pH 3.8f 0.2 Buffer
342
METRONIDAZOLE
CICH2CH20H
or H 2 C ~ F H 2
0
’ NwH3 CH2CH20H
m
Figure 9
Synthesis o f Metronidazole
343
LORRAINE L. WEARLEY AND GAYLORD D. ANTHONY
7. References
1. Damascus, J., Searle Laboratories, personal
conmumication.
2. Aranda, E., Searle Laboratories, personal
cammicat ion.
3. Hribar, J., Searle Laboratories, personal
conmumication.
4. Marshall, S., Searle Laboratories, personal
cammication.
5. Aranda, E., Searle Laboratories, personal
camnrnicat ion.
6. Stambaugh, J., Feo, L., Manthei, R., J, Phaxm.
and Fxp. Therapeutics, Vol. 161, No. 2,
1968.
7. Manthei, R., Feo, L., Stambaugh, J., Wiadmosci
Parazytologiczne T. XV, Nr. 3-4, 1969.
8. Welling, P., Monro, A., Arzneim - Forsch
(drug Research) 22, Nr. 1 2 (1972).
9. Ings, R., McFadzian J., Onnerod, W., Xenobio-
tica, 1975, Vol. 5, No. 4, 223-235.
10. USP XIX, p. 327.
11. Bratton, A., Marshall, E., Babbitt, D., Herdrick-
son, A., J. Biol. Chm., 128, 537, (1939).
12. Lau, E., Yao, C., Lewis, M., Senkwski, B.,
J. Phaxm. Sci., 58, No. 1, 55, (1969).
13. Quirk, P., Chow,T., Searle Laboratories,
personal cammication.
14. Wood, N., Chow, R., Searle Laboratories,
personal commmication.
8. Acknowledgments
The authors wish t o express special thanks t o
Dr. J. W i t t for the information on synthesis; t o
Dr. J. Opperman for his assistance i n preparing
the sections on metabolism and pharmacokinetics;
to Mr. S. Marshall and Mrs. M. Gerry for generating
and interpreting the data on TGA, DSC and Polaro-
graphy; to Mr, J. Damascus and Dr. J. Hribar for
the information on IR, W, and Mass Spectra; and
t o Ms. J. Janik for her secretarial assistance i n
preparing t h i s manuscript.
344
NITROFURANTOIN
T a b l e of Contents
1. Description
1. 1 N a m e , F o r m u l a , and Molecular Weight
1. 2 Appearance, C o l o r , Odor and T a s t e
2. P h y s i c a l P r o p e r t i e s
2.1 Ultraviolet S p e c t r a
2.2 Infrared Spectrum
2 . 3 N u c l e a r Magnetic Resonance S p e c t r u m
2.4 Dissociation Constant
2.5 Melting Range
2.6 Crystal Properties
2.61 C r y s t a l Shape
2 . 6 2 C r y s t a l Size
2.63 Hydrates
2.7 Salts
2.8 Solubility
2.81 Solubility in Aqueous Media
2.82 Solubility in Organic Solvents
3 . Synthesis
4. Stability
4.1 Stability to Light and M e t a l
4.2 Shelf-Life and S t o r a g e Conditions
5 . Metabolism
6 . Methods of Analysis
6.1 Identification
6.2 Color Reaction T e s t
6. 3 E l e m e n t a l Analysis
6.4 Chromatographic Systems
6.41 Thin L a y e r Chromatography
6.42 P a p e r Chromatography
6 . 4 3 Column Chromatography
346
NITROFURANTOIN
T a b l e of Contents, continued.
7. B i o p h a r m a c e u t i c s and P h a r m a c o k i n e t i c s
7.1 Absorption
7.2 Distribution
7. 3 Elimination
7.4 Bioavailability
7.5 Pharmacokinetics
8. R e f e r e n c e s
347
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
I. Description
1. 1 N a m e , F o r m u l a , and M o l e c u l a r Weight
hydantoin. F u r a d a n t i n 8
aminohydantoin; I - ( 5- N i ro-2-furfuryliden
and Macrodantin a r e the
m o s t commonly u s e d t r a d e m a r k s ; 11 additional a r e
smino)
listed in the M e r c k Index (1).
I
CH2- ,C
/
‘ 0
Nitrofurantoin i s d e s c r i b e d as lemon-yellow,
o d o r l e s s c r y s t a l s o r fine powder, having a b i t t e r
t a s t e (1,2).
2. P h y s i c a l P r o p e r t i e s
2.1 U l t r a v i o l e t S p e c t r a
340
NITROFURANTOIN
T h e i n f r a r e d s p e c t r u m of nitrofurantoin (Norwich
P h a r m a c a l Reference Standard Purity) a s a m i n e r a l
oil m u l l is shown in F i g u r e 3. I n t e r p r e t a t i o n of the
s p e c t r u m w a s m a d e by M i c h e l s ( 3 ) using C r o s s ,
Stevens and Watts ( 5 ) a s a r e f e r e n c e .
Table I
IR Band A s s i g n m e n t s f o r Nitrofurantoin
Wavelength ( m i c r o n s ) Assignment
3.05 NH
5.6-5.75 hydantoin C = 0
6.6-7.45 d, - n i t r o f u r a n
10.4 2,5-disubstituted furan
8.05 asymmetrical C-0-C
9. a symmetrical C-0-C
349
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
1.c
.e
W 6
0
z
Q
m
K
0
m
m
a 4
NANOMETERS
F i g u r e 1. U l t r a v i o l e t S p e c t r u m of Nitrofurantoin
(Coleman 124)
350
NITROFURANTOIN
390
380
r
-
a 370 -
z
I I I
360
5 6 7 8 9 10
F i g u r e 2. U l t r a v i o l e t A b s o r p t i o n of N i t r o f u r a n t o i n
as a F u n c t i o n of pH
351
4000 3000 2000 1500 1000 900 800 700
100
h 80
FR
v
Lu
60
2
k
v) 40
Z
2
fi
20
rcc
m
a
.rl
cn
k
k
5
(d
k
E5
0
0
M
k
k
a
V
k
5
a,
a,
NITROFURANTOIN
2. 3 N u c l e a r Magnetic R e s o n a n c e S p e c t r u m
T h e n u c l e a r magnetic r e s o n a n c e s p e c t r u m f o r
nit r ofurantoin ( N o rwic h P h a r m a c a l R e f e r e n c e
S t a n d a r d P u r i t y ) in DMSO - d6 containing a t e t r a -
m e t h y l s i l a n e a s the i n t e r n a l r e f e r e n c e i s shown in
F i g u r e 4 ( 3 ) . T h e s p e c t r a l a s s i g n m e n t s a r e presented
in T a b l e I1 ( 3 ) .
T a b l e I1
2.5 - solvent
2 . 4 Dissociation Constant
2 . 5 Melting Range
353
2.0 3.0 4.0 ' !
5.0 . PPM(TJ
' ' ' . 6.0
! ' 7.0
! ',' ' 8.0
! '.' I 9.0
I ' i Io ' , '
I "
I , ' ' : ' , ' ;' ! '
'.' ' , ' ', ' ' , ' ' ' ' . ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '; ' , ' ' ' ' ' . ' ',' '
a0 ,m m lm o cn
++
I
1 . . . . I . . . . I . . . . I . . . . 1 . . . . 1 . . . . 1 . . . . 1 , . . . I
I . . _ . , . . . . I . . . . , . . . _ I . _ . . , . . . . I . _ . . , _ . . _ I . . . . I . . . . I . _ . . I . . . . I _ . . . I . . . . I . . . . , . . . . l . . .
a.0 7.0 6.0 5.0 PPM( 6 ) 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.o 0
2.61 C r y s t a l Shape
C r y s t a l l i z a t i o n f r o m diluted a c e t i c a c i d
yields needle-like c r y s t a l s (1).
2.62 C r y s t a l S i z e
T h e c r y s t a l s i z e of n i t r o f u r a n t o i n h a s been
found to affect the d e g r e e of emesis a n d the r a t e s
of g a s t r o i n t e s t i n a l a b s o r p t i o n and u r i n a r y excre-
tion following o r a l a d m i n i s t r a t i o n (8). T h e d i f -
f e r e n t c r y s t a l s i z e s of n i t r o f u r a n t o i n w e r e p r e -
p a r e d by recrystallization f r o m nitromethane.
2.63 Hydrates
It h a s b e e n found that n i t r o f u r a n t o i n c a n
e x i s t i n anhydrous and monohydrate f o r m ( 9 ) .
Anhydrous n i t r o f u r a n t o i n and p r e v i o u s l y dried
n i t r ofurantoin monohydrate b e c o m e h y d r a t e d only
a t v e r y high humidity (>92% R . H. ). N i t r o f u r a n -
toin monohydrate d o e s not l o s e o r gain m o i s t u r e
upon s t o r a g e a t v a r i o u s r e l a t i v e humidities i n the
r a n g e of 31-9270 R.H. Monohydrate f o r m i s v e r y
s t a b l e i n terms of retaining w a t e r a t 5OoC.
2. 7 S a l t s
355
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
2 . 8 Solubility
Table I11
T e m p e r a t u r e , OC @ Solubility ( m g / l ) References.
24 5 76. 3 11
24 7 131.1 11
24 d. H 2 0 79.5 11
25 7 190 1,12
30 d. H 2 0 113.4 11
37 1.12 154 13
37 4.8 125 14
37 5 167.8 11
37 d. H 2 0 174. 1 11
37 7 312. 1 11
7.2 374 13
45 d. H 2 0 251.2 11
356
NlTR 0 FUR A N T 0 I N
T a b l e IV
Solvent Solubility ( m g / l )
Acetone 5,100
70 % 712
9 570 5 10
Glycerin 600
357
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
3. Synthesis
Nitrofurantoin c a n b e p r e p a r e d by the r e a c t i o n of 1-
aminohydantoin a s the sulfate (16) and as the hydrochlo-
r i d e (17) with 5 - n i t r o f u r f u r a l diacetate in isopropyl-
alcohol-water media. Details of the production of n i t r o -
furantoin w e r e d e s c r i b e d by S a n d e r s -- e t at. ( 1 8 ) . T h e
r e a c t i o n s c h e m e is shown in F i g u r e 5. Nitrofurantoin
w a s a l s o p r e p a r e d by t h e condensation of 1-aminohydantoin
with 5-nitro-2-furaldehyde (19). Another method f o r the
s y n t h e s i s of nitrofurantoin w a s d e s c r i b e d by J a c k (20).
4. Stability
358
z-
I I
% .c_
z
I = 0
t
C
0
i
II
..
3
Y-
I-u .-
t
I 2
\
a,
c
Z
0 (v
t
a,
o
t:. C U I
i I
0 T
L
0 2 0
.-
L
z
t \\/
0
I
zI-
I
\4
0
I m
.r(
m
Q
I z = 8
In cu
I ul
m
.
Q
$
M
.r(
Fr
I
0
359
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
5. Metabolism
6. Methods of Analysis
6. 1 Identification
6. 2 Color Reaction T e s t
A n u m b e r of c o l o r r e a c t i o n t e s t s f o r the identi-
fication of nitrofurantoin has b e e n p r e s e n t e d in a
publication ( 2 4 ) .
360
NITROFURANTOIN
6. 3 Elemental A n a l y s i s
T h e r e s u l t s of a n e l e m e n t a l a n a l y s i s of nitrofuran-
toin (Norwich P h a r m a c a l C o . , Lot. No. E3769) a r e
presented in Table V (25).
Table V
E l e m e n t a l Analysis of Nitrofurantoin
Element yo T h e o r y yo Found
C 40. 34 40.22
H 2.54 2.57
N 23.53 23.53
0 33.59
6.4 Chromatographic S y s t e m s
Solvent S y s t e m I
361
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
Solvent S y s t e m I1
6.42 P a p e r Chromatography
362
NITROFURANTOIN
6 . 5 Quantitative Analysis
363
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
364
NITROFURANTOIN
A microbiological p r o c e d u r e f o r the a s s a y
of nitrofurantoin in u r i n e w a s a l s o d e s c r i b e d by
--
J o n e s e t a l . ( 4 1 ) . Gang and Shaikh (44) u s e d a n
indicator o r g a n i s m i n a t u r b i d i m e t r i c method f o r
the a s s a y of nitrofurantoin and o t h e r n i t r o f u r a n
d e r i v a t i v e s in s e r u m and u r i n e s a m p l e s .
7. Biopharmaceutics and P h a r m a c o k i n e t i c s
7 . 1 Absorption
365
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
7 . 2 Distribution
366
NITROFURANTOIN
7. 3 Elimination
7.4 Bioavailability
367
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
7. 5 P h a r m a c o k i n e t i c s
In m a n , p l a s m a levels of nitrofurantoin a p p e a r t o
decline exponentially with a half-life v a l u e of about 20
to 30 m i n u t e s (56, 57, 22). U r i n a r y e x c r e t i o n and
b i o t r a n s f o r m a t i o n a p p e a r to b e mainly a n d equally
r e s p o n s i b l e f o r the elimination of nitrofurantoin. The
o n e - c o m p a r t m e n t m o d e l a p p e a r s to be adequate f o r
d e s c r i b i n g the k i n e t i c s involved in nitrofurantoin
absorption and elimination.
8. R e f e r e n c e s
1. T h e M e r c k Index, 8 t h e d . , M e r c k and C o . , I n c . ,
Rahway, N . J . , 1968, p. 738.
2. T h e United S t a t e s P h a r m a c o p e i a , 19th e d . , M a c k
Publishing C o . , E a s t o n , Pennsylvania 1975, p. 341.
3. J. G. M i c h e l s , Norwich P h a r m a c a l C o . ,
P e r s o n a l Communication.
4. V. E g e r t s , J. S t r a d i n s a n d M. S h i m a n s k a ,
"Analysis of 5 - n i t r o f u r a n D e r i v a t i v e s , t r a n s -
l a t e d by J. S c h m a r a k , Ann A r b o r S c i e n c e
P u b l i s h e r s , Ann A r b o r , Michigan, 1970, p. 83.
5. A. H. J. C r o s s , S. G. E. S t e v e n s , a n d T . H. E.
W a t t s , J . Appl. C h e m . , London, 1,562 (1957).
6. J. Stockton and C. R. Johnson, J. A m , P h a r m .
A s s o c . , Sci. E d . , 33, 383 (1944).
7. T h e N i t r o f u r a n s , Vol. 1, "Introduction to the
N i t r o f u r a n s , Eaton L a b o r a t o r i e s , Norwich, N. Y.
1958, p. 16.
8 . H. E. P a u l , K . J . H a y e s , M . F. P a u l and A . R.
Borgmann, J. P h a r m . S c i . , 56, 882 (1967).
368
NITROFURANTOIN
9. B. G. P a t e l , Norwich P h a r m a c a l C o . , P e r s o n a l
Communication.
10. F u r a d a n t i n a Sodium P a r e n t e r a l , Eaton L a b o r a -
t o r i e s , Norwich, N. Y.
1 1. L. K. Chen, M.S. T h e s i s , U n i v e r s i t y of G e o r g i a ,
1975.
12. H. E. P a u l and M. F. P a u l i n E x p e r i m e n t a l
C h e m o t h e r a p y , vol. 11. R. J. S c h n i t z e r and F.
Hawking, e d s . , A c a d e m i c P r e s s , New Y o r k , N .
Y . , 1964, p. 334.
13. T . R. B a t e s , J . M. Young, C . M. Wu a n d H. A.
R o s e n b e r g , J. P h a r m . S c i . , 63, 643 (1974); T . R.
B a t e s , SUNY a t Buffalo, P e r s o n a l Communication.
14. M. F. P a u l , R . C. B e n d e r , and E. G. Nohle,
A m e r . J . P h y s i o l . , 197,580 (1959).
15. T h e N i t r o f u r a n s , vol. 1, "Introduction to the
N i t r o f u r a n s , I ' Eaton L a b o r a t o r i e s , Norwich,
N. Y . , 1958, pp. 14-15.
16. A . S w i r s k a , J . L a n g e , and Z . Buczkowski,
P r z e m y s l . C h e m . , 11 ( 3 4 ) , 306-308 (1965).
Through C. A . , 52, 14079 b (1958).
17. C. J. O'Keefe, Norwich P h a r m a c a l G o . ,
P e r s o n a 1 C ommunication ,
18. H. J. S a n d e r s , R. T . E d m u n d s , and W. B.
Stillman, Ind. Enp. C h e m . , 47, 358 (1955).
19. K. H a y e s , U. S. P a t e n t , 2,610, 181 (1952).
20. D. J a c k , J. P h a r m . P h a r m a c o l . , 11,Suppl.,
108 T (1959).
21. J. F. S t a r k , Norwich P h a r m a c a l C o . , P e r s o n a l
C ommuni ca ti on.
22. H. K. Reckendorf, R . C a s t r i n g i u s , a n d H .
Spingler, Med. Welt, 15, 816 (1963).
23. E. H. B e u t n e r , J. J . P e t r o n i o , H. E. Lind, H.
M. T r a f t o n , and M. C o r r e i a - B r a n c o , Antibiotics
Ann., 1954-1955, 988 (1955).
369
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
370
NITROFURANTOIN
371
DONALD E. CADWALLADER AND HUNG WON JUN
5 3. M. F. P a u l , H. E . P a u l , R . C. B e n d e r , F.
Kopko, C. M. H a r r i n g t o n , V. R . E l l s , and J. A.
B u z a r d , Antibiotics and C h e m o t h e r a p y , 10,287
(1960).
54. J . A. B u z a r d , J . D . Conklin, E. O'Keefe and
M. F. P a u l , J . P h a r m a c o l . Exptl. T h e r a p . -
131,
38 (1961).
55. W. M. Bennett, I. S i n g e r , and C. H. Coggins,
J. Am. Med. A s s o c . , 214, 1468 (1970).
56. V . D. Kobvletzki.
, - -
Med. W e l t . .. 19. 2010 (19681.
. .
67,
- I . I I
372
NITROFUR ANT0 IN
373
PIPERAZINE ESTRONE SULFATE
Zui L. Chang
ZUI L. CHANG
Contents
1. Description
2. Physical Properties
3. Synthesis
4. Stability - Degradation
6. Method of Analysis
6.1 Identification
6.2 Chromatographic Analysis
6.21 Thin-Layer Chromatography
6.22 Gas-Liquid Chromatography
6.3 Spectrophotometric Analysis
6.4 Colorimetric Analysis
6.5 Nitrogen Analysis
6.6 Titration
376
PlPERAZlNE ESTRONE SULFATE
7. Acknowledgements
8. References
377
ZUI L. CHANG
1. Description
HO-SO'
II
0
2. Physical Properties
378
FIGURE 1 - INFRARED S P E C T R U M O F PIPERAZINE E S T R O N E SULFATE
WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)
2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 15
0
-4
(D
380
FIGURE 2 - NUCLEAR MAGNETIC RESONANCE SPECTRUM OF PIPERAZINE ESTRONE SULFATE
ZUI L. CHANG
Table I
Proton Chemical
Assignment Shift (ppm) Mu 1 tip 1i c i ty
H
doublet
fl 0
7.17 J=9. 5Hz
5.5 Broad
2.89 Singlet
382
PIPERAZINE ESTRONE SULFATE
Table I Cont.
Proton Chemi c a 1
Assignment Shift (ppm) Mu1 tip 1ic i ty
383
ZUI L. CHANG
I
0.8
0.7 -
FIGURE 3 - ULTRAVIOLET SPECT
SPECTRUM
RUM
OF PIPERAZINE ESTRONE SULFATE
SULFATE
0.6 =
\
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
384
FIGURE 4 - MASS SPECTRUM OF
PIPERAZINE ESTRONE SULFATE
I'
ZUI L. CHANG
2.9 Solubility
Approximate solubility data obtained at room
temperature are given in the following table:'s8
386
PIPERAZINE ESTRONE SULFATE
Table I1
270.1620 270.1620 18 22 0 2 0
213.1287 213.1279 15 17 0 1 0
185.0960 185.0966 13 13 0 1 0
172.0887 172.0888 12 12 0 1 0
146.0725 146.0732 10 LO 0 1 0
86.0843 86.0844 4 10 2 0 0
85.0771 85.0766 4 9 2 0 0
63.9618 63.9619 0 0 0 2 1
47.9669 47.9670 0 0 0 1 1
387
ZUI L. CHANG
H
I
y '&
H
I
II
HO-S-0
O
II
0
HO-S-0
0
II
W
m / a 350
bN>1+* not observed
...I- -- [ H O
I
W 1 m/a 270
L J
m/a 64
[ so]+'
I
[ H o r n ] " m/a 146
388
FIGURE 6 - RAMAN SPECTRUM OF PIPERAZINE ESTRONE SULFATE
2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 loo0 800 600 400 200 0
I I I I I I I I I
80 - - 80
60 - - 60
- 40
- 20
0 - - 0
I 1 I 1 I I I 1 I
2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 lo00 800 600 400 200 0
RAMAN SHIFT ACM-’
FIGURE 7 - DIFFERENTIAL THERMAL ANALYSIS CURVE OF PIPERAZINE ESTRONE SULFATE
0
X
Ly
A -
-
s
w I-
(D
0 d '
v -
0
n
t
1 I I I I I I I I I
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 3 50 400 450
Chloroform 1
Acetone 0.2
Propylene glycol 35
Mineral oil 2
Sesame oil 2
391
ZUI L. CHANG
Table 111
dA I/I -
dA if1
__.
16.5 10 2.98 2
7.7 10 2.92 2
7.4 40 2.86 5
6.6 40 2.73 10
6.0 20 2.53 5
5.67 30 2.46 8
5.23 40 2.37 1
4.55B 20 2.32 5
4.38 80 2. 28 5
4.22 60 2.21 1
4.05 5 2.16B 5
3.86 30 2.11 1
3.77 100 2.07B 8
3.61 5 1.95 2
3.54 2 1.89 2
3.4013 20 1.85B 3
3.22 5 1.75B 5
3.05 1 1.70 3
392
PlPERAZlNE ESTRONE SULFATE
2.12 Fluorescence
Piperazine estrone sulfate does not exhibit
fluorescent properties in either methanol or in an
alkaline aqueous solution. However, it does exhibit
fluorescence at 488 nmwhen excited at 465 nm in 65%
sulfuric acid solution.6 The strong sulfuric acid con-
verts the piperazine estrone sulfate to estrone which
reacts with sulfuric acid to yield the fluorescent
species.
2.14 Sublimation
Piperazine estrone sulfate did not sublime when
it was stored at 105'C for one month.8 No evidence of
sublimation was noted when it was heated with a hot stage
to 204°c.7
3. Synthesis
4. Stability-Degradation
Piperazine estrone sulfate was found to be stable
when refluxed in water for 3 hours. But it degrades
completely after 3 hours in refluxing 1 3 hydrochloric
acid to yield estrone and piperazine sulfate. It degrades
slightly in refluxing 1 sodium hydroxide after 3 hours
to yield less than 10% free estrone.12
393
ZUI L. CHANG
394
PlPERAZlNE ESTRONE S U L F A T E
Table IV
Initial kl
- 95% Conf. Lim.
Concentration No. of
-1
pH mg. /ml. Samp1e s X lo4, hour
6.11 1.5 14 +
1.12 - .44
395
ZUI L. CHANG
Table V
kl x lo4, hr.-’
+ 480 +_ 25 +
90°C.
8OOC.
1,830
695 z+ 250
31 150 + 4.6
52.2 7
130
44.8
f
16
4.0
7OOC. 262 - 15 - 2.2 14.6 2.3
Arrhenius R e l a t i o n s h i p
396
-
Y
2!
0
z
Ly
v)
3
4
4
&
4
c
-3
A
z
Ly
Ly
v)
c
c
Ly
FIGURE 8 METABOLIC PATHWAYS OF PIPERAZINE ESTERONE SULFATE
HO
HO \
2 -h yd rox yertrone HO
178 -errradio1
OH
0
I
397
W
(0
-J
7
HO
2-methoxyestrone estriol
f
F(
- U
2
E
Q
Ef
0
P)
X
L
P
HO
M a -h y drox y estrone HO
15a-hydroxyestradiol 16-epiestriol
(also 168-)
ZUI L. CHANG
6. Methods of Analysis
6.1 Identification
The presence of piperazine may be identified with
quinone T. S. or thin-layer chromatography (Section
6.21).
The presence of estrone hydrogen sulfate may be
identified by thin-layer chromatography (Section 6.21).
398
Table VI
TLC Systems f o r P i p e r a z i n e E s t r o n e S u l f a t e
Rf Rf Rf
Solvent Estrone Refe-
System Detection Piperazine Sulfate Estrone Pence
n-Butanol: s h o r t wave W
Water: Conc. Ammonia o r 10% S u l f u r i c
(1: 1: 1) Acid i n Ethanol
6.6 Titration
Piperazine estrone sulfate may be potentiometri-
cally titrated in pyridine-water mixtures using methanolic
potassium hydroxide and glass-calomel electrodes.8
7. Acknowledgements
400
ZUI L. CHANG
8. References
401
ZUI L. CHANG
402
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Richard J. Rucki
RICHARD J. RUCK1
INDEX
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
1.2 Appearance, Color, Odor
3. Synthesis
4. S t a b i 1 i t y and Degradation
6. Toxi c i t y
7. Methods o f A n a l y s i s
7.1 Elemental A n a l y s i s
7.2 Thin-Layer Chromatographic A n a l y s i s
7.3 D i r e c t Spectrophotometric A n a l y s i s
7.4 Coulometric A n a l y s i s
7.5 Pol arog raph ic Ana 1ys i s
7.6 T i t r i r n e t r i c A n a l y s i s
a. Acknowledgements
9. References
404
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
1. Description
Procarbazi ne H y d r o c h l o r i d e
2. Phys ic a l P r o p e r t i e s
2.1 I n f r a r e d Spectrum ( 1 R )
405
FIGURE 1
I n f r a r e d Spectrum of Procarbazine Hydrochloride
WAVELENGTH (MICRONS)
2.5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 14 18 22 3550
33NWlllWSNVW %
406
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1700 1400 I loo 800 500 200
FREQUENCY (CM-’1
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Table 1
Chemi ca 1 Coup 1 i ng
Shift Constant ,
Protons 6 (ppm) Mu1 tip1 ici ty J (in Hz)
407
FIGURE 2
N M R Spectrum o f Procarbazine Hydrochloride
P
408
0
0)
1 1 1 1 1 1
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PPM (8)
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
409
RICHARD J. RUCK1
FIGURE 3
U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrum o f
Procarbazi ne Hydrochlor i de
0.5-
0.4 -
w
V
z
a
8 0.3-
$
m
a
1 I I I
200 250 300 35c
NANOMETERS
410
FIGURE 4
Mass Spectrum o f Procarbazine Hydrochloride
100
L
90
80
A l l S N 31N I 3A I1 V 138
70
60
411
50
40
30
20
10
0 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
50 100 Iio 200 2 0
m/e
RICHARD J. RUCK1
Table I I
Procarbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e e x h i b i t s no
o p t i c a l a c t i v i t y (3).
DSC s p e c t r a f o r procarbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e
a t a scan r a t e o f 10°C/min. e x h i b i t e d an
endotherm a t about 23OoC, where m e l t i n g was
accompanied by sample decomposition. The endo-
therm was f o l l o w e d immediately by a slow
exotherm (con t inu i n g decompos it ion). The
observed temperature o f t h e melting/decomposi-
t i o n endotherm i s dependent upon i n s t r u m e n t a l
c o n d i t i o n s and, t h e r e f o r e , i s n o t c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
o f t h e compound.
A thermogravimetric a n a l y s i s performed on
412
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
procarbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e e x h i b i t e d n o l o s s
o f w e i g h t from 30-150"C. A t about 150"C,
decomposition weight losses began and con-
t i n u e d t o 500°C (upper l i m i t o f i n s t r u m e n t ) .
2.10 Solubi 1 i t y
Approximate s o l u b i l i t y data o b t a i n e d a f t e r
3 hours a t 25°C a r e g i v e n i n Table I l l (6,7).
Table I l l
S o l u b i l i t y o f Procarbazine H y d r o c h l o r i d e
Water 200
95% Ethanol 27
Absolute Ethanol 8
Methanol 59
Ace tone 4.5
Diethyl Ether <o. 1
Petroleum E t h e r (30-60") <0.1
C h 1o r o f o r m 2
Benzene <0.5
3A A l c o h o l 12
l s o p r o p y l Alcohol 1
Cyclohexane <0.5
Ethyl Acetate <O. 5
D ioxane 0.7
Acetonitri l e <O. 5
Carbon Tet rach l o r i d e <0.5
Methylene C h l o r i d e <O. 5
Instrument C o n d i t i o n s
413
RICHARD J. RUCK1
Table I V
Procarbazine Hydrochloride
-
20 d (A)+:
0
-''
/ Oft
11.240 7.8719 0.24
12.400 7.1380 0.46
18.020 4.9225 0.48
18.640 4.7601 0.23
19.800 4.4838 0.17
20.370 4.3596 0.40
21.550 4.1235 0.61
22.550 3.9428 0.35
23.930 3.7185 0.30
25.190 3.5352 1 .oo
25.800 3.4530 0.10
28.800 3.2090 0.14
28.410 3.1415 0.04
29.550 3.0228 0.22
29.650 3.0128 0.23
33.740 2.6564 0.07
;fd ( i n t e r p l a n a r d i s t a n c e ) = nX/2 s i n 0 1
**l/lo = r e l a t i v e i n t e n s i t y ( h i g h e s t i n t e n s i t y = 1.00)
414
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
2.12 D i s s o c i a t i o n Constant
The d i s s o c i a t i o n c o n s t a n t f o r p r o c a r b a z i n e
h y d r o c h l o r i d e was determined t i t r i m e t r i c a l l y
u s i n g 0.1N sodium hydroxide and a s o l u t i o n
i o n i c s t r e n g t h o f 0.1. The v a l u e f o r t h e pKa
determined by t h i s method was 6.8 ( 9 ) .
3. Synthesis
4. S t a b i 1 i t y and Degradation
Procarbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e , i n t h e presence o f
m o i s t u r e o r i n aqueous s o l u t i o n , undergoes o x i d a t i o n
by atmospheric oxygen. T h i s a u t o x i d a t i o n has beeg
2
r e p o r t $ $ t o be c a t a l y z e d by metal ions such as Mn
and Cu (10,ll). The major products o f t h i s o x i -
d a t i o n a r e N- i sopropyl -a- (2-methylazo) -p- to1 uami de
( I I ) and N-Tsopropyl-a-(2-methyl hydrazof;o)-p-tolua-
mide ( I 1 IT. To a much l e s s e r e x t e n t , t o l u i c a c i d
isopropylamide ( I V ) and 4-formylbenzoic a c i d i s o -
propylamide (V) can a l s o be formed (12,13). The
o x i d a t i v e degradation scheme i s shown i n F i g u r e 6.
I n a d d i t i o n , procarbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e i s v e r y
s e n s i t i v e t o u l t r a v i o l e t l i g h t (14), n e c e s s i t a t i n g
t h e use o f l o w - a c t i n i c glassware d u r i n g analyses.
I n closed, amber b o t t l e s a t room temperature, degra-
d a t i o n o f procarbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e i n t h e s o l i d
s t a t e i s slow, and t h e compound remains s u i t a b l y
s t a b l e f o r a t l e a s t t h r e e years (15). A n i t r o g e n
atmosphere has been found t o r e t a r d degradation.
415
FIGURE 5
Synthesis o f Procarbazine Hydrochloride
CH3 H 0 H CH3 H 0
I
HC-N-CI IIo A = O + C H ~HIN - N H Z ---+ H
H;-i-!!OC=N-NCH3 I
H
I
I I
CH3 CH3
(I)
CH3 H 0 H H CH3 H 0 H H
H h - l ! l - ! o C H 2 - N - N - - C H 3I I +-HCI I
HC-l!l-: O C H z - N - N IC HI 3
I I
CH3 -HCI CH3
(Im (nI)
FIGURE 6
Deg rada t ion o f Procarbaz ine Hydroch l o r i de
0-0-0
I
0
0=0
y 3
c)l
6F
7
(I)
z
I
HC-NH-leCH2-NH-NH-CH3 HCI
2
I
2
r
I
0
I
Y
I
0
-
LI
IN
H
I
I
m
I
I"
CH3
A
(-2H) \2HI
I
I
0-0-0
I
0=0
CH3 0
m
0-0-0
I
I CH3 0
41 7
4 I"
66
I
r
HC-NH-!o CH2-N=N-CH3
I
2
2
0
-NH-
I
I
II
r
L
f
0
HC :oCH=N-NH-CH3
r
z
2
i
I
II
I
I
I"
CH3
Y
0-0-0
I
o=o
r--0
ni I"
QR
r
z
r
+
I
B
I
z
I
0
I
r
0
+
I
m
II
I"
cc
RICHARD J. RUCK1
h y d r o c h l o r i d e degrades r a p i d l y i n a l c o h o l i c media
( i n c l u d i n g a c i d i f i e d and deaerated a l c o h o l ) and more
s l o w l y i n aqueous media. S t a b i l i t y was b e s t i n
aqueous a c i d and decreased w i t h i n c r e a s i n g pH (13,16).
5. Drug M e t a b o l i c Products
418
FIGURE 7
CH3-NH-NH2
cm1
+ HC-NH-C
I
CH3
%3-y
(Ip)
C=O + HN=N-CH3
I
I
1
(Y) Oxidation b y rnr,rosomol hydroxylase
I N M I = O x i d a t i o n 0th.r than by ( M I
IDH) * O l i d o t i o n by N A D - linked d.hydroprnora
b i o l o g i c a l a c t i v i t y as a tumor i n h i b i t o r (30-32). It
has a l s o been suggested t h a t hydrogen peroxide, pro-
duced d u r i n g procarbazine o x i d a t i o n t o t h e azo com-
pound, may be r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e c y t o t o x i c e f f e c t
(33, 3 4 ) .
Table V
M e t a b o l i t e s o f Procarbazine H y d r o c h l o r i d e
Referred t o i n Figure 7
7. Methods o f A n a l y s i s
7.1 Elemental A n a l y s i s
A t y p i c a l elemental a n a l y s i s o f a sample o f p r o -
carbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e i s presented i n Table V I
(36).
420
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Table V I
7.3 D i r e c t Spectrophotometric A n a l y s i s
421
RICHARD J. RUCK1
The t i t r a t i o n r e s u l t s i n the q u a n t i t a t i v e o x i d a -
t i o n o f t h e hydrazo moiety o f procarbazine hydro-
c h l o r i d e t o t h e azo group, making t h e method
quite specific. Each coulomb o f e l e c t r i c i t y i s
e q u i v a l e n t t o 1335 pg of procarbazine hydro-
c h l o r i d e (39).
A coulometric t i t r a t i o n w i t h e l e c t r o l y t i c a l l y
generated bromine has been used t o determine
procarbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e i n capsules (40).
T h i s method i s n o t a s s p e c i f i c as t h e above
method o f O l i v e r i - V i g h , e t a l . , s i n c e e l e c t r o -
c h e m i c a l l y generated bromine n o t o n l y o x i d i z e s
t h e hydrazine moiety b u t also s u b s t i t u t e s i n t o
t h e phenyl r i n g as f o l l o w s (39):
422
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
(CH ) - C H - N H - C U
3 2
Procarbazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e i s assayed by d i s -
s o l v i n g t h e sample i n water and t i t r a t i n g w i t h
0.1N sodium hydroxide. The endpoint i s d e t e r -
minzd p o t e n t i o m e t r i c a l l y , u s i n g a glass-calomel
423
RICHARD J. RUCK1
8. Acknowledgements
424
PROCARBAZINE HY DROCH LORlDE
9. References
425
RICHARD J. RUCK1
426
PROCARBAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
427
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
CONTENTS
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
1.2 Appearance, Color, Odor
2. Physical Properties
2.1 I n f r a r e d Spectrum
2.2 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectra
2.3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2.4 Mass Spectra
2.5 Melting Range
2.6 D i f f e r e n t i a l Scanning Calorimetry
2.7 S o l u b i l i t y
2.8 Crystal P r o p e r t i e s
2.81 X-Ray D i f f r a c t i o n
2.82 O p t i c a l
2.9 Micelle Formation
2.10 I o n i z a t i o n Constant
2.11 Metal Complex and Charge Transfer Complex Formation
2.12 Adsorption and Protein Binding Properties
2.13 Optical A c t i v i t y
2.14 Dipole Moment
2.15 P a r t i t i o n Coefficients
3. Synthesis
4. S t a b i l i t y and Degradation
5. Metabolism and Pharmokinetics
6. I d e n t i f i c a t i o n
7. Methods of Analysis
7.1 Elemental Analysis
7.2 Phase S o l u b i l i t y Analysis
7.3 Direct Spectrophotometric Analysis
7.4 Colorimetric Analysis
7.5 Electrochemical Analysis
7.6 T i t r i m e t r i c Analysis
7.7 Gravimetric Analysis
7.8 Fluorometric Analysis
7.9 Microbiological Analysis
7-10 Separation Methods of Analysis
7.101 Paper Chromatography
7.102 Thin Layer Chromatography
7.103 Gas Chromatography
7.104 Column Chromatography
7.105 Electrophoresis
7.106 Counter Current P a r t i t i o n
8. References
430
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
Promethazine hydrochloride is 10H-phenothiazine-10-
ethanamine, N,N,d-trimethyl-, monohydrochloride, or 10- t2-
(dimethy1mino)propya phenothiazine, monohydrochloride (1).
Additional names are 10-(2-dimethylamino-2-methylethyl)
phenothiazine hydrochloride and N-(2'-dimethylamino-2'-
methy1)ethylphenothiazine hydrochloride. The most commonly
used trade name is Phenergan. The empirical formula is
C1,H20N2S-HC1 with a molecular weight of 320.88.
I
CH, CH(C5 )N(Ch *HC1
The CAS Registry number is 60-87-7 for 10H-phenothiazine-10-
ethanamine, N,N,o(-trimethyl and 58-33-3 for thehydrochloride
ealt of this compound.
1.2 Appearance, Color, Odor
White to faint yellow, practically odorless, crye-
talline powder. Slowly oxidizes, and acquires a blue color,
on prolonged exposure to air (1).
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Infrared Spectrum
An infrared spectrum of a mineral oil dispersion of
promethazine hydrochloride (USP Reference Standard Material)
was obtained on a Perkin Elmer Model 467 grating infrared
spectrophotometer ( 3 ) . This spectrum is shown in Figure 1.
The Spectral band assignments are listed in Table I. This
spectrum compares favorably with that presented by Sunshine
and Gerber (4) in which the promethazine (presumably the
hydrochloride salt) is dispersed in a potassium bromide pel-
let. A mineral oil dispersion is the preferable technique
for this material because the possibility exists for salt
interchange between the bromide and chloride if potassium
bromide is used.
2.2 Ultraviolet Spectra
The ultraviolet spectra of USP Reference Standard
promethazine hydrochloride in water is presented (7) as Fig-
ure 2. Table I1 gives ultraviolet spectral data obtained on
the USP Reference Standard in various solvents. The Merck
Index (2) describes the ratio of absorbance by
lo(A249/A298> = 8.0-8.8.
431
WAVELENGTH MICRONS
8
h)
FREQUENCY (CM-' )
X
V
Figure 2 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrum of Promethazine Hydrochloride (USP Reference Standard)
0
0
h
Fc
Solvent - water
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
Table I
I n f r a r e d Spectral A s si gnment s f o r Promethazine Hydrochloride
(5, 6)
Wave Number (ern-') Vibration Mode
28QO -3000 CH s t r e t c h i n g (Nujol)
2 200-2480 “H+ s t r e t c h i n g
1591 aromaticCrC S t r e t c h i n g
1430-1470 CH, and % bending
1378 CH, bending
1334 C-N s t r e t c h i n g of
tertiary mine
850-860, 757 and 731 o u t of plane CH bending
of d i s u b s t i t u t e d
aromatic
Table I1
U l t r a v i o l e t S p e c t r a l C h a r a c t e r i s t i c s f o r Promethazine
Hydrochloride (7)
Solvent -a -E
water 249 89.9 28,770
297 10.6 3,400
0.1 N HC1 249 89.4 28,690
297 10.6 3,400
USP alcohol 253 95.5 30,640
302 11.4 3,660
2.3 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
The nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of prometha-
zine hydrochloride dissolved i n deuterochloroform containing
tetramethylsi lane as the i n t e r n a l standard is presented (8)
a s Figure 3. The s p e c t r a l peak assignments a r e l i s t e d i n
Table 111.
Table I11
NMR Spectral Assignments of Promethazine Hydrochloride
Chemical S h i f t (d) Protons Sp l i t t i n g
1.50 doublet
2.85
3.5-4.3
E 2 I*
N-C&-CH
sing 1et
mu1t i p l e t
4.6-5 0 N-% -2 mu1ti p l e t
6.8-7.5
- - ---
broad
2.4 Mass Spectra
The mass spectrum of promethazine hydrochloride (USP
Reference Standard Material) was obtained with a MS-902
double focusing, high r e s o l u t i o n mass spectrometer (9). The
434
P
w
01
Figure 3
9 8
- Nuclear Magnetic
Standard)
7 6 5 4 3 2 I t
Resonance Spectrum of Promethazine Hydrochloride (USP Reference
Solvent - deuterochloroform
S3U /SN3f N/ 3 A / N 7 3 &
436
n
Mass Spectrum of Promethazine Hydrochloride (USP Reference Standard)
P
Figure 4 P
2
v1
a,
Q
a
m
m
L)
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Solvent
ethyl acetate
ab s o 1u t e e t h ano 1 85
i sopropanol 9
USP ethanol 150
me thano 1 320
chloroform 335
water 500
437
I
1 n I I L 1 I I
-
d(Ao
7.85
*
X-Ray D i f f r a c t i o n P a t t e r n of Promethazine Hydrochloride
0.28
-
d(Ao
3.40
I/Io
0.12
7.11 0.59 3.36 0.10
6.93 0.32 3.25 0.62
6.61 0.63 3.18 0.30
5.72 0.47 3.10 0.38
5.60 0.54 3.06 0.20
5.23 0.61 3.03 0.08
4.89 0.94 2.96 0.06
4.39 1.00 2.85 0.12
4.23 0.25 2.80 0.12
3.99 0.17 2.73 0.12
3.86 0.52 2.57 0.15
3.80 0.16 2.51 0.16
3.65 0.47 2.35 0.07
3.53 0.46 2.27 0.09
3.45 0.10
2.82 Optical C r y s t a l Properties
Promethazine hydrochloride has been described
as c o l o r l e s s rods and i r r e g u l a r fragments. I n p a r a l l e l
polarized l i g h t the e x t i n c t i o n i s p a r a l l e l and t h e s i g n of
t h e elongation i s positive. The r e f r a c t i v e i n d i c e s are:
o ( = 1.617, p = 1.691, f = 1.733 a l l ? 0.002 (16). Escobar
(17) describes the c r y s t a l l i n e s t r u c t u r e of promethazine
hydrochloride. The c r y s t a l l i n e parameters a r e given. The
space group i s P2(1)-C with four molecules per u n i t c e l l .
Projections of t h e s t r u c t u r e along t h e OZ and OY a x i s a r e
illustrated .
2.9 Micelle Formation
Florence and P a r f i t t (18, 19) have determined
t h e c r i t i c a l micelle concentration of promethazine
hydrochloride by t h e use of nuclear magnetic
resonance and by pH measurements. Ionic s t r e n g t h
e f f e c t s are a l s o discussed. Stevens (20) discusses t h e
439
80-
70-
k
$ 50-
k! 1 1
% 40-
30 -
20
"6 8 I0 I2 1'4 16 I8 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 k k 4
213
441
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
442
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
Figure 7
Synthesis of Promethazine
443
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
444
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
6. Identification
Several c o l o r r e a c t i o n s f o r t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of pro-
methazine a r e given i n Table V I . Kirk (75) d e s c r i b e s t h e
preparation of many of t h e l e s s e r known reagents. Bradford
(76) p r e s e n t s a systematic procedure f o r t h e i s o l a t i o n of
promethazine from b i o l o g i c a l m a t e r i a l and dosage forms. The
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h e i s o l a t e d m a t e r i a l i s by u l t r a v i o l e t
spectrophotometry. DeLeenheer (77) d e s c r i b e s a system f o r
combining p r e p a r a t i v e gas-liquid chromatography with micro-
i n f r a r e d spectroscopy f o r t h e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of drugs. I n f r a -
red spectroscopy can be used d i r e c t l y on t h e raw m a t e r i a l f o r
445
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
Table V I
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Color Tests f o r Promethazine Hydrochloride
446
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
447
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
448
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
449
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
7.6 T i t r h n e t r i c Analysis
Promethazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e can be t i t r a t e d by t h e
Pifer-Wollish method u s i n g c r y s t a l v i o l e t a s t h e endpoint
i n d i c a t o r (1). M a i n v i l l e and Chatten (110) d e s c r i b e a s i m i -
l a r t i t r a t i o n u s i n g a c e t o n i t r i l e a s t h e s o l v e n t , 0.1 N per-
c h l o r i c a c i d i n dioxane a s t h e t i t r a n t and endpoint determin-
a t i o n by e i t h e r t h e c o l o r change of c r y s t a l v i o l e t o r by
potentiometry u s i n g a glass-calomel e l e c t r o d e combination.
This procedure was s a t i s f a c t o r y f o r t h e drug s u b s t a n c e b u t
n o t f o r promethazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e t a b l e t s . Kerney (111)
uaed acetone a s a s o l v e n t i n a Pifer-Wollish t y p e t i t r a t i o n .
Oxidimetric ti t r a t i o n s of promethazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e
w i t h c e r r i c s u l f a t e and w i t h potassium bromate (potassium
bromide added) have been s t u d i e d (117, 118, 119, 120). The
endpoint can b e determined by potentiometry, v i s u a l l y o r by
t h e dead s t o p method. S i m i l a r methods u s i n g e l e c t r o g e n e r a t e d
c e r r i c i o n were d e s c r i b e d by P a t r i a r c h e (121, 122). Lead
t e t r a a c e t a t e h a s been used a s t h e o x i d a t i v e t i t r a n t f o r pro-
methazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e w i t h endpoint d e t e r m i n a t i o n employing
platinum f o i l as i n d i c a t o r and a calomel e l e c t r o d e a s t h e
r e f e r e n c e (123).
Promethazine h y d r o c h l o r i d e can be t i t r a t e d w i t h
e i l i c o t u n g s t i c a c i d determining t h e endpoint e i t h e r conduc-
t o m e t r i c a l l y (124) o r by t h e c o l o r change of congo r e d (125).
The method has been a p p l i e d t o drug dosage forms.
450
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
451
Table V I I
454
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
455
Table X I 1
6 f t x 3 mm i.d., 1.1%XF-1150 on
100-120 mesh Chrmosorb W-HMDS 175O 27.9 min. 182
h
6
Q)
6 f t x 3 mm i.d.; 1.08% CW-2OM on
100-120 mesh G a s Chrom P 175O 17.1 min. 182
4 f t x 4 mm i.d.; 5% Apiezon L on
100-110 mesh Anachrom ABS 240" 183
7.105 Electrophoresis
Promethazine was separated from other pheno-
thiazines by paper electrophoresis (Whatman No. 2 paper)
using a glycol-HC1 electrolyte (pH 3 . 3 4 ) . Visualization was
by Dragendorff, iodoplatinate, palladium chloride or cerric
sulfate spray (187).
457
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
8. References
'1. "United S t a t e s Pharmacopeia", 1 9 t h Ed., Mack Pub-
l i s h i n g Co., E a s t o n , Pa. (1975) pp 416-418.
2. "The Merck Index",Eighth E d i t i o n , Merck & CO., Inc.,
Rahway, New J e r s e y (1968) p 870.
3. B. Ayi, Wyeth L a b o r a t o r i e s Inc., p e r s o n a l communi-
cation.
4. I. Sunshine and S. R. Gerber, "Spectrophotometric
Analysis o f . Drugs I n c l u d i n g A t l a s of Spectra"
C h a r l e s Thomas, S p r i n g f i e l d , I l l i n o i s , 1963, p 199.
5. R. M. S i l v e r s t e i n and G. C. B a s s l e r , "Spectrometric
I d e n t i f i c a t i o n of Organic Compounds", John Wiley
and Sons, Inc., New York, 1963, pp 55-67.
6. K. Nakanishi , " I n f r a r e d Absorption Spectroscopy -
P r a c t i c a l " , Holden-Day, Inc. , San F r a n c i s c o , 1962,
pp 20-41.
7. S. M i l l e r , Wyeth L a b o r a t o r i e s Inc., unpublished
information.
8. B. Hofmann, Wyeth L a b o r a t o r i e s Inc. , p e r s o n a l com-
munic a t i on.
,
9. C. Kuhlman, Wyeth L a b o r a t o r i e s Inc. p e r s o n a l com-
munication.
10. J. N. G i l b e r t and B. J. M i l l a r d , Org. Mass Spectrom.
2, 1 7 (1969). -
CA: 70: 7 7 1 1 8 ~ .
11. L. Audier, M. Azzaro, A. Cambon and R. Guedj, Bull.
SOC. Chim. Fr., 1013 (1968). CA: 69: 23036e.
12. H. M. F a l e s , G. W. A. Milne and N F C . Law, Arch.
Mass. S p e c t r a l Data, 2, 692 (1971). CA:3:59548g.
13. N. DeAngelis, Wyeth L a b o r a t o r i e s Inc., p e r s o n a l com-
muni c a t i on.
14. A. S loan, Wyeth L a b o r a t o r i e s Inc. , p e r s o n a l communi-
cation.
15. P. Rajeswaran and P. L. Kirk, Bull. N a r c o t i c s , U.N.,
Dept. S o c i a l A f f a i r s , l4, 1 9 (1962). CA:z:7390i.
16. T. J. Haley and G. L. Keenan, J. Am. Pharm. ASSOC.,
-
39, 212 (1950).
17. C. Escobar, P. Marsau and J. C l a s t r e , Compt. Rend.
C., 267, 1399 (1968).
18. A. T, F l o r e n c e and R. T. P a r f i t t , J. Phys. Chem.,
-
75, 3554 (1971).
19. A. T. F l o r e n c e and R. T. P a r f i t t , J. Pharm. Pharma-
c o l . , 22, Suppl. 121s (1970).
20. J. S t e v e n s , B. J. Meakin and D. J. G. Davies, J.
Pharm. Pharmacol., 25, Suppl. 119P (1973).
21. G. Z o n r a f i and I. Zarenda, Biochem. Pharmacol..
-
15, 551 (1966).
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
32.
-
112, 490(1966).
A. F u l t o n and L. E. Lyons, Aust. J. Chem., 2,873
(1968).
33. M. Saucin and A. Van de V o r s t , Biochem. Pharmacol.,
-
20, 909(1971).
34. J. E. F o r r e s t and R. A. Heacock, J. Chromatog., 75,
156(1973).
35. D. L. Sorby, E. M. P l e i n and J. D. Benmaman, J.
Pharm. Sci., 2 , 7 8 5 ( 1 9 6 6 ) .
36. P. L. Sorby and E. M. P l e i n , J. Pharm. S c i . , 50,
355(1961).
37. H. D. Graham and Y. M. Baker, J. Pharm. S c i . , 52,
964(1963).
38. A. R. Hurwitz, P. A. DeLuca and H. B. Kostenbauder,
J. Pharm. S c i . , 52, 893(1963).
39. G. Leonardi, M. S o l i n a s and C. B o t r e , J. Pharm. Sci.
55, 526(1966).
c
44.
-
273, 1689(1971). C A : Z : 126194d.
J. Barbe, Trav. SOC. Pharm. M o n t p e l l i e r , 2, 307
(1973). CA:80: 1159623.
45. E. Burger a= Y. Berninger, Arch. Toxikol., 17, 77
-
(1958). CA: 56: 3769h.
459
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
17615~.
48. H. Wunderlich, Fr. Patent 1,342,835. CA: 60:P10697d.
49. J. W. Cusic, U.S. Patent 2,687,414. CA:5EP1092b.
50. P. C h a r p e n t i e r , Compt. Rend., 225, 306(1=7).
51. P. C h a r p e n t i e r and C. Le-Roi, U.S. P a t e n t 2,530,451.
52. S o c i e t e des Usines Chimiques Rhone-Poulenc. Fr.
P a t e n t 1,172,513. CA:56:P480a.
53. S o c i e t e d e s Usines C h i x q u e s Rhone-Poulenc. Brit.
P a t e n t 701 ,741.
54. S. S. Berg and J. N. Ashley, U.S. P a t e n t 2,607,773.
CA: 47:P6990a.
55. Mayand Baker, Limited, B r i t . P a t e n t 680,128.
56. P. J. C. Bursson, P. G a i l l i l o t and J. Gaudechon,
U.S. P a t e n t 2,769,002.
57. F. N. Pirnazarova, A. P. Poltorakov, V. M. C h i b r i k i n ,
Yu.1. Vikhlyaev and S. V. Zhuravlev, Dokl. &ad.
58.
Nauk SSSR, 200, 348(1971). CA: 76: 3159p.
T. Waaler, Pharm. Acta Helv.,
C A : X : 21635h.
Lx 168(1960).
460
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
77.
-
L. W. Bradford and J. W. B r a c k e t t , Mikrochim. Acta,
1958, 353. C A : S : 20693d.
A, D e Leenheer, J, Chromatog., 74, 35(1972).
78. N. D. Edge and W. R. Wragg, J. Pharm. Pharmacol., 2,
279(1953).
79. E. G. C. C l a r k e , J. Pharm. and Pharmacol., 2, 752
(1957).
80. C. N. Andrea, J. A s s . O f f i c . Anal. Chem., 2,1020
(1968).
81. U. Bogs and H. H e i m s , Pharm. Z e n t r a l h a l l e , 99, 617
(1960). CA: 61:1714d.
82. F. Meyer, A r z e i m i t t e l Forsch., 2, 296(1957).
83. F. P e l l e r i n , D. Mancheron and D. Demay, Ann. Pharm.
Franc. , 30, 429(1972).
84. P. T u r i , J. Pharm. Sci., 2,369(1964).
85. D. J. Smith, Jour. A s s . Off. Anal. Chezi., 55, 596
(1972).
86. J. W. S t e e l e , Can. Pharm. J., Sci. Sect., 97, 91
(1964).
87. K. Wahlund and K. Gronengsson, Acta Pharm. Suecica,
-
7, 615(1970).
88. B. Salvesen, L. Domange and J. Guy, Ann. Pharm.
Franc., 2, 208(1955). CA:49: 11959a.
89. L. C a v a t o r t a , J. Pharm. and-armacol., 11, 49(1959).
90. F. T. Hussein, S. A. I s m a i e l and L. N. Gadel-Rub,
Pharmazie, 28, 322(1973). CA: 79:45904v.
91. I. F l o d e r e r and V. Horvathy, A z a Pham. Hung., 32,
193(1962). CA:58:2323d.
92. D. E. Mercaldo z d F. R. G a l l o , Ann. N.Y. Acad.
Sci., 153, 403(1968).
93. C. A. H e t z e l , C l i n . Chem., 1, 130(1961).
94. C. Fossoul, J. Pharm. Belg., 2, 383(1951).
95. F. M. A l b e r t , D. Camboli and V. Cimpu, Bul. I n s t .
P o l i t e h . , "Gheorghe Gheorghiu-Dej" B u c u r e s t i , 33,
41(1971). CA:X:52425b.
96. J. Meunier and B. V i o s s a t , Ann. Pharm. Fr., 26, 429
-
(1968). CA: 70: 31715m.
461
C H A R L E S M. S H E A R E R AND SUSAN M. MILLER
462
PROMETHAZINE HYDROCHLORIDE
121.
(1965). CA:63:9749b.
G. J, Patriarche, Mikrochim. Acta,
C A : Z : 91249e.
z, 950.
139.
-
36, 1346(1964).
S. L. Tompeett, Acta Pharmacol. Toxicol., 26, 298
(1968).
140. E. A. Martin, Can. J. Chem., 44, 1783(1966).
141. Z. Bruno, Rev. Farm, Bioquim. Univ. Sao Paulo, 10,
247(1972). CA:E:61345u.
142. C. Foeeoul, J. Pharm. Belg., 5, 202(1950).
143. H. Auterhoff, Arch. Pharm., &, 14(1952). C A : S :
10537b.
144. I. Simonyi and G. Tokar, 2. Anal. Chem., 212, 317
(1965). C A : g : 12975h.
463
CHARLES M. SHEARER AND SUSAN M. MILLER
464
PROMEfHAZl NE HYDROCHLORIDE
465
RIFAMPIN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION
1.1 Name
1.2 Formula and Molecular Weight
1.3 P o t e n t i a l Stereoisomerism
1.4 Appearance, Color and Odor
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
2.1 Spectra
2.11 Ultraviolet Spectra
2.12 Infrared Spectra
2.13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectra
2.131 Proton Magnetic Resonance
Spectra
2.132 Carbon Magnetic Resonance
Spectra
2.14 Mass Spectra
2.2 Ionization Constants
2.3 Polarography
2.4 Optical Rotation
2.5 C r y s t a l Properties
2.51 X-ray Diffraction
2.52 Thermal Analysis
2.521 Melting Range
2.522 D i f f e r e n t i a l Scanning Colorime-
try
2.6 Distribution Properties
2.61 Solubility
2.62 Lipid-Water P a r t i t i o n
2.621 Organic S o l v e n t d a t e r P a r t i t i o n
2.622 Silicon O i l d a t e r P a r t i t i o n
2.623 Surface Activity
STABILITY
3.1 S t a b i l i t y a s Powder
3.2 S t a b i l i t y i n Solution
4. SYNTHESIS
RlFAMPlN
5. METHODS OF ANALYSIS
5.1 Elemental Analysis
5.2 I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Tests
5.3 Spectrophotometric Methods
5.31 Spectrophotometric Assay on B u l k
Product
5.32 Spectrophotometric Assay on Pharma-
c e u t i c a l Preparations
5.33 Spectrophotometric Assay on Biological
Fluids
5.4 F luorome t r i c De termina t ion
5.5 Analysis by Complex F ormation
5.6 Volumetric Methods
5.7 Chromatographic Methods
5.71 T h i n Layer Chromatography
5.72 Column Chromatography
5.73 Paper Chromatography
5.74 High Pressure Liquid Chromatography
5.8 Microbiological Methods
5.81 Diffusion P l a t e Assay Methods
5.82 S e r i a l Tube Dilution Methods
5.83 Turbidime t r i c Methods
6. PROTEIN BINDING
7. PHARMACOKINETICS AND METABOLISM I N MAN
8. REFERENCES
469
GlAN G. GALL0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
1. DESCRIPTION
1.1 NAME
Rifampin (1) i s designated by IUPAC r u l e s as 2,7-
(Epoxypentadeca[l ,11,13]trienimino)naphtho~2,1 - b l f u r a n =
,
1 11(2H) -dione, 5,6,9,17,19,21 -hexahydroxy-23-methoxy-
2,4,12,16,18,20,22-heptamethyl=8-CN-(4-methyl-l-pipe=
r a z i n y l ) f o r m i m i d o y l l - 2 1 -acetate. However, i n t h e li-.
t e r a t u r e , r i f a m p i n has been p r e f e r e n t i a l l y known as
3- [[( 4-methyl-1 - p i p e r a z i n y l ) iminolmethyl] r i f a m y c i n SV,
according t o t h e o r i g i n a l nomenclature o f r i f a m y -
c i n s (2-4).
Rifampin (5,6) i s t h e USAN name f o r t h e compound,
r i f a m p i c i n i s t h e i n t e r n a t i o n a l n o n p r o p r i e t a r y name (7)
and other t r i v i a l names used a r e r i f a m y c i n AMP and r i -
f a l d a z i n e (8,9).
1.2 FORWIA AND MOLECULAR WEIGHT
36 35
470
R I F AMP IN
471
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
E
X,ax' nm
237 33 ,200
255 32,100
334 27,000
475 15,400
472
ELP
215 210 230 1.0 yyI lbo 270 PBO 2vo 1rm 310
WAVUENGIH r*ILLIMICRONS
- W spectra of
I-*
-.-.-.-.-.=
I
P
0
m
pH 0.5;
. -..
pH 1.8;
W
I
........... ---------_ 3.5-1 1 .o
.-.
4
0
0
01
01
-%
N
pH 2.5;
5.
.
I
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
474
WAVELENGTH [MICRONS)
25 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 15 20 25
3500 2500 Moo 1900 1800 17$XJOJE@&~ 1400 1300 1200 1100 loo0 900 800 700 600 500 400
3500 3000 2500 zoo0 1900 1400 1300 1200 1100 lo00 900 8 b 700 603 5'20 AX
Figure 3 - IR s p e c t r u m of r i f a m p i n i n CDCl s o l u t i o n .
3
R I FAMP IN
1
The H-NMR spectrum o f r i f a m p i n i n
C D C l a t 60 MHz has been r e p o r t e d and some assignments
3
g i v e n (8). F i g u r e 4 i s t h e spectrum o f r i f a m p i n i n
C D C l recorded a t 100 MHz w i t h a V a r i a n )(L-l00-15 NMR
specqrometer. Complete i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f t h e spectrum
has been made (25) and i s g i v e n i n Table 111.
2.132 Carbon Magnetic Resonance S p e c t r a
%NMR spectroscopy has been r e -
c e n t l y used f o r s t r u c t u r a l d e t e r m i n a t i o n i n t h e f i e l d
o f r i f a m y c i n s (24,26-28).
13
F i g u r e 5 i s t h e FT C proton-noise-
decoupled NMR spectrum o f r i f a m p i n i n CDCl3 recorded a t
25.2 MHz w i t h a V a r i a n XL-100-15 NMR spectrometer,
equipped w i t h an FT accessory. Interpretation o f the
spectrum has been made (25) and i s g i v e n i n T a b l e I V .
2.14 Mass Spectra
The mass s p e c t r a o f some r i f a m y c i n s have
been s t u d i e d and f r a g m e n t a t i o n p a t t e r n s have been i n -
t e r p r e t e d (29). I n p a r t i c u l a r , t h e most c h a r a c t e r i s t i c
peaks correspond t o M?, CMICH30Hlt and t o t h e chromo-
p h o r i c ions.
F i g u r e 6 i s t h e spectrum o f r i f a m p i n ob-
t a i n e d under 70eV e l e c t r o n impact i n DIS a t 200OC w i t h a
P e r k i n Elmer 270 spectrometer. Interpretation of this
spectrum has been p u b l i s h e d (30). The spectrum was o n l y
p a r t i a l l y c h a r a c t e r i s t i c as t h e compound decomposes i n
t h e i o n source and M'f and CMLH30HIf were absent, w h i l e
t h e peak a t m/e 398 corresponded t o t h e chromophoric ion.
The mass spectrum o f r i f a m p i n was a l s o ob-
t a i n e d under f i e l d d e s o r p t i o n i o n i z a t i o n c o n d i t i o n s a t
w i r e c u r r e n t 12 mA w i t h a V a r i a n MAT 731 spectrometer
(31). I t e x h i b i t e d t h e m o l e c u l a r i o n a t m/e 822 and
t h e [M+1 I peak corresponded t o t h e i s o t o p i c c o n t r i b u t i o n .
No f r a g m e n t a t i o n peaks were observed.
2.2 IONIZATION CONSTANTS
The i o n i z a t i o n p r o p e r t i e s o f r i f a m y c i n s have been
used i n con j u n c t i o n w i t h UV-VIS spectrophotometry (see
S e c t i o n 2.1 1) t o o b t a i n i n f o r m a t i o n on t h e chromophoric
477
PPU
1%
I I 1 I I I I 1 ' I ' I I I I I I I I I 1
Table I11
'H-NMR d a t a o f r i f a m p i n i n C K l n s o l u t i o n [ M u l t i p l i c i t y ,
c h e m i c a l s h i f t s (6, ppm) and v i c i n a l i n t e r p r o t o n coup-
l i n g c o n s t a n t s (J,Hz)l.
Proton M u 1t i p l a ). 6
I
J
1
I
I
NI-i S
I -
CH4l S 8.22 -
CH2-2' ,6' m 2.9-3.3 I c)
CH2-3 ' ,5 ' m 2.4-2.8 c)
N-CH3 S 2.34 -
OH-8
bs 11.4-14.0 b) -
I
, OH-4 S
13.16 b) -
CH3-1 3 S 1.82 -
:CH~-14 S 2.22 I -
m 6.3-6.8 c)
H-19 dd 5.92 ~ 15 and 5
H-20 ddq 2.26 5 and 9 and 7
H-21 dd 3.78 I 9 and 1
OH-23
bs 3.2-4.2 b) - I
- 13
.rl
.rl
4-
4-
hl
hl
.rl
z
UJ
S
c,
C proton-noise-decoupled
c,
S
Q
C
0
E
0
I4
N
NMR s p e c t r u m a t 25.2 MHz of r i f a m p i n i n
0
E
P
3
Q,
0
I4
u)
Figure 5 FT
CDCl s o l u t i o n .
3
RlFAMPlN
Table IV
'IC-NMR data o f rifampin i n CDC13 solution. [Chemical s h i f t s
16, ppm) and one-bond coupling constants ( I J , H a .
1
1 138.6 -
-
I
2 105.9"'
3 110.8') -
4 147.8 - I
/
5 112.8a) -
6 174.3 - I
7 1 20.3a) -
-
I
I
8 169.3
- I
I
9 104.4') I
I 10 117.8") -
I 11 195.3 -
I 12 108.7 -
13 21.5 130
14 7.6 130
15 169.6 -
I 16 129.4 -
17 135.0 1 50
18 123.2 150
I
19 142.6 1 50
20 38.6 125
21 70.7 140
22 33.4 125
23 76.7 140
24 37.6 125
25 74.4 140
26 39.5 125
27 76.7 140 I
28 118.7 155
29 142.6 190 ,
30 20.7 130
1
31 17.8 130
32 10.9 130 I
33 8.5 130
34 8.8 130 I
35 171.9 - I
36 20.7 130
37 57.0 140 ,
CH=N- 134.4 1 70
C-2'- 50.2 130 I
I
C-3'- 53.9 130 I
481
L
o = s s " = o
I
AlISN31NI 3AIlVl3H
I
482
I
I
I
I
Figure 6
0
R I FAMPlN
Attribution IReference
pKa *KS
proton l o s t 1.7 3.6 h y d r o x y l a t C-8 I,13,18,19
p r o t o n gained 17.9 6.7 p i p e r a z i n e N-4 113
R i f a m p i n i o n i z e s i n non-aqueous s o l v e n t s , i.e., in
g l a c i a l a c e t i c a c i d t h e b a s i c p i p e r a z i n e n i t r o g e n can be
t i t r a t e d w i t h p e r c h l o r i c a c i d (32).
2.3 POLAROGRAPHY
The p o l a r o g r a p h i c behaviour o f r i f a m y c i n s has been
d e s c r i b e d and t h e presence o f an o x i d a t i o n o r r e d u c t i o n
wave a t about 0 v o l t s =. X E i n d i c a t e s t h e hydroquinone
o r quinone ( 1 4/33-35) system, r e s p e c t i v e l y . These pola-
r o g r a p h i c p r o p e r t i e s p e r m i t amperometric t i t r a t i o n o f
r i f amyc i n s (36).
R i f a m p i n i n methanol-acetate b u f f e r s o l u t i o n , pH
5.9, shows an o x i d a t i o n wave w i t h El12 = 4 . 1 0 v o l t s.
SCE, a t t r i b u t e d t o t h e hydroquinone system ( 8 ) , and i n
aqueous phosphate b f f e r , pH 6.88, t h e r e i s a l s o a r e -
d u c t i o n wave w i t h E 2 y/ -1.66 v o l t s s. SCE, n o t a t -
t r i b u t e d (37). Sano e t a l . ( 3 8 ) r e p o r t e d an o x i d a t i o n
p o t e n t i a l o f E1/2 = 4 . 0 6 v o l t E. SCE, w i t h o u t o t h e r
details.
2.4 OPTICAL ROTATION
The o p t i c a l r o t t i o n f o r r i f a m p i n was r e p o r t e d by
Sano e t a l . (38) : C a l k +10.60 ( G O . 5% i n CDC13).
483
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
484
Figure 7 - X-ray powder d i f f r a c t i o n pattern of rifampin before grinding.
T a b l e VI
X-rav powder d i f f r a c t i o n p a t t e r n of r i f a m p i n before q r i n d i n q , a c c o r d i n q t o ASTM r u l e s
Rifampin ( s a m p l e before g r i n d i n g )
17.16 2 5.18 13
Filter N i 12.43 8 4.90 17
11.11 3 4.63 2
I/I Spectrometer 10.76 1 4.43 loo
1 9.40 1 4.12 5
8.80 23 4.05 2
7.86 35 3.95 3
7.51 2 3.82 6
6.91 14 3.67 3
6.51 4 3.44 8
6.21 2 3.38 8
5.60 44 2.96 5
3a
_L, d
Figure 8
-
- X-ray
-_-
d
-
Y --
20
I.a
10
Table VII
Approximate s o l u b i l i t i e s of rifampin
P a r t s of s o l v e n t
Descriptive
Solvent required f o r 1
term
p a r t of rifampin
chloroform from 1 t o 10 freely soluble
methanol from 10 t o 30 soluble
dimethylformamide from 10 t o 30 soluble
dimethylsulphoxide from 10 t o 30 soluble
e t h a n o l 95 per c e n t from 100 t o 1,000 s l i g h t l y soluble
acetone from 100 t o 1,000 s l i g h t l y soluble
benzene from to00 t o 10,000 very s l i g h t l y soluble
c o r bon t e t r ac h l o r i d e practically insoluble
n-hexane practically insoluble
cyclohexane practically insoluble
n-butanal practically insoluble
propyleneglycol practically insoluble
glycerol practically insoluble
carbowax 400 practically insoluble
I I
Table VIII
--
Solubilities of rifampin
I
I chloroform 1 349 I I
' dichloromethane I 216
, ethyl acetate 108 I
dioxane 39 25oc I 38 i
methanol 16 ,
I acetone 14 I
l n-hexane 0.43 I I
j petroleum e t h e r 0.33
water pH 7.3 2.5
w a t e r pH 4.3 1.3
water pH 7.5 2.8
w a t e r pH 2.0 1 99.5
'room j 46
O.tN Hcl
1 phosphate b u f f e r pH 7.4
!2O0.O
, 9.9
;37oc
,
1 47
d
'
489
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
2.62 Lipid-water p a r t i t i o n
2.621 Organic solvent-water P a r t i t i o n
The study of the p a r t i t i o n between
water and organic s o l v e n t s a s an i n d i r e c t measure of t h e
lipid-water p a r t i t i o n has not been generally applied t o
t h e f i e l d of rifamycins. T h e p a r t i t i o n of rifampin i n
the system n-octanol/aqueous phosphate buffer, pH 7.4
was determined by Seydel (47) t o be K=15.6, w h i l e C u r c i
e t al. (48) have measured i t i n the system benzene/
aqueous b u f f e r s i n the range pH 5.5-7.0, andKequaled
9.7; a t pH 7.5, K=9.0; a t pH 8.0, K=4.6.
2.622 S i l i c o n oil-water p a r t i t i o n
The lipid-water p a r t i t i o n has been
obtained f o r v a r i o u s rifamycins from Rf values i n par-
t i t i o n reverse-phase t h i n l a y e r chromatography on
S i l i c a g e l p l a t e s impregnated w i t h s i l i c o n o i l as sta-
t i o n a r y phase and water-acetone a s mobile phase (49-51 ).
The f r e e energy parameter RM=log(- 1 -1) (52), was used
R
f o r q u a n t i t a t i v e c o r r e l a t i o n s between s t r u c t u r e and
a n t i b a c t e r i a l (49,50) and a n t i v i r a l (51) a c t i v i t i e s .
RM values were obtained f o r rifampin
and a r e reported i n Table IX.
Table I X
RM values f o r rifampin
2.623 Surface a c t i v i t y
Rifamycins have been shown t o have
s u r f a c e a c t i v i t y , from the v a r i a t i o n of t h e surface
tension of b u f f e r water s o l u t i o n s w i t h concentration
(53 I 54).
490
RlFAMPlN
The s u r f a c e p r o p e r t i e s of rifampin
depend on t h e pH of t h e medium. I n the a l k a l i n e t o
n e u t r a l range, rifampin i s a weak s u r f a c t a n t and no
a s s o c i a t i o n s a r e observed; i n the a c i d i c range (pH 4-0)
a pronounced lowering of the s u r f a c e t e n s i o n w i t h con-
c e n t r a t i o n i s observed, and m i c e l l e formation i s
apparent a t a c o n c e n t r a t i o n of about 10-5 m o l e / l i t e r
(55)
3. STABILITY
3.1 STABILITY AS POWDER
Rifampin i s very s t a b l e i n the s o l i d s t a t e i n
s e a l e d c o n t a i n e r s a t room temperature, a s described i n
Table X (56). Rifampin i n t h e s o l i d s t a t e i s s t a b l e
a l s o a t temperatures u p t o 70OC, a s reported by Sano e t
a l . (38).
3.2 STABILITY IN SOLUTION
The s t a b i l i t y of rifampin i n aqueous s o l u t i o n has
been widely i n v e s t i g a t e d and t h e c o n d i t i o n s and t h e
transformation products a r e reported i n Table XI. L i k e
o t h e r rifamycins, rifampin undergoes d e s a c e t y l a t i o n on
a l k a l i n e t r e a t m e n t , y i e l d i n g t h e corresponding 25-des-
a c e t y l d e r i v a t i v e without s u b s t a n t i a l l o s s of a n t i -
b a c t e r i a l a c t i v i t y (57).
I n mildly a l k a l i n e aqueous s o l u t i o n s and i n the
presence of atmospheric oxygen a t room temperature,
rifampin transforms i n t o rifampin quinone; t h i s
oxidation can be prevented by sodium ascorbate. Under
the same c o n d i t i o n s and a t 60-70OC, rifampin y i e l d s
t h r e e main transformation products, which were iden-
t i f i e d by Maggi e t a1.(22) a s 25-desacetyl-rifampin,
25-desacetyl-23-acetyl-rifampin and 25-desacetyl-
21 - a c e t y l - r i f ampin,
Sano e t a l . (38) have s t u d i e d t h e s t a b i l i t y o f
rifampin a t 250 i n aqueous s o l u t i o n s a t d i f f e r e n t pH's:
it decomposes r a p i d l y i n a c i d i c o r a l k a l i n e c o n d i t i o n s ,
but slowly i n n e u t r a l ones. 3-Formylrifamycin SV i s
the main decomposition product of rifampin i n aqueous
491
Table X
Stability
- of rifampin i n t h e s o l i d s t a t e a t room temperature (56)
st o r t i n g 1 2 months 21 months 30 months 41 months
P
(D
I
I
TLC TLC I
jI
TLC
I
TLC
I
I
,
TLC 1
N
t ~forrnvlrifa- i I
25-desacetyl
rifampin
,1
1
0.5 - 1% j 1.5 - 2% 1.5 - 2% 1 1 - 1.5%
I
1
i
1-1.5%
i
acetyl-rifampin I
I I
R I F AMP IN
Table XI
S t a b i l i t y o f r i f a m p i n i n aqueous s o l u t i o n s
3-formyl-rifamycin SV r i f ampin-quinone
+ +
pH 2.3, 20-22OC (8)
pH 8.2, 20-22% (8)
tic1 0,1N, 37% (47)
-i
r i f ampin
NaOH 5% i n e t h a n o l
pH 8 . 2 (22)
water ( 1 : l ) 20-
60-70%
22% (57)
t
25-desacetyl-21-acetylrifampin
I 1
bl 25-desace t y l - 2 3 - a c e t y l r i f am p i n I
493
GlAN G. GALL0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
Conditions
’ Concentra-
tion( mg/ml)
Time Ref .
water-dimethyl-
f ormamide ( 95 :5) 1 5% days 58
a t 5%
d imet hyl-
10 8 months 59
sulphoxide a t 150
I
t I
I
I
I I i
water-ethanol
(8:2) a t 4% 1 8 weeks 6O,6l
o r 20%
4. SYNTHESIS
Rifampin i s a semi-synthetic rifamycin, obtained
by condensation o f 1-amino-4-methylpiperazine w i t h 3-
formyl-rifamycin SV i n peroxide-free tetrahydrofuran a t
100-150C. The 3-formyl-rifamycin SV (14) was obtained
from rifamycin B, the fermentation product (62-64) , by
the chemical procedure reported i n t a b l e XIII. Gianan-
tonio e t al. (65) have patented the production of ri-
fampin by reacting rifamycin S d i r e c t l y w i t h form-
aldehyde, tert-butylamine and MnO and condensing w i t h
1 -amino-4-methylpiperazine (see t a2b l e XIII).
494
R I F AMP IN
Table X l l l
Synthesis of r if a mpin
STREPTOMYCES MEDITERRANEI
1
oxidation
w H3C*
reduction 0 0
I!
CH2-COOH '0
RlFAMYClN B(62-64)
(fermentation product) \ in aerated
RlFAMYClN 0 ( 66)
Acidic
aqueous hydrolyais
solution
OH OH
oxidation
\ OH 0
reduction
RlFAMYClN SV(67)
Mannich
reaction
and
reduction
tart-but lamine,
dn02 in OH OH
tetrahydrofuran
2) l-amino- H3c&
f CH2-N /RI
4 -methyl-
piperazine (65) OH 'R2
MANNICH DERIVATIVE OF RlFAMYClN SV (15)
OH OH
/ Oxidation
in acidjc
conditions
"3c@cH>-am~
;ih
t:yl
OH i-NnN-CH3 OH
v
RIFAMPIN ( 8 ) 3-FORMYL RlFAMYClN SV (14,681
495
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
5. METHODS OF ANALYSIS
5.1 ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS
Element Theoretical %
C 62.76
H 7.10
N 6.81
0 23.33
5.2 IDENTIFICATION TESTS
R i f a m p i n i s i d e n t i f i e d and d i f f e r e n t i a t e d from
t h e o t h e r r i f a m y c i n s by i n f r a r e d and n u c l e a r magnetic
resonance spectroscopy, f i e l d d e s o r p t i o n mass s p e c t r o
metry, p o t e n t i o m e t r i c t i t r a t i o n , d i f f e r e n t i a l scanning
c a l o r i m e t r y and e l e m e n t a l a n a l y s i s , I n o r d e r t o d e f i n e
t h e homogeneity o f t h e r i f a m p i n sample, chromatographic
procedures (paper and t h i n l a y e r ) and t h e r m a l a n a l y s i s
a r e used.
C o l o r i m e t r i c t e s t s based on o x i d a t i o n were de-
scribed, To 5 m l o f aqueous r i f a m p i n s o l u t i o n ( a b o u t
1 mg/ml), I m l o f 10% (w/v) ammonium p e r s u l p h a t e i n
phosphate b u f f e r , pH 7.38, i s added: t h e c o l o r t u r n s
from orange-yellow t o v i o l e t - r e d (69). A s i m i l a r me-
thod, employing f e r r i c n i t r a t e as o x i d i z i n g agent, was
d e s c r i b e d by Eidus e t a l . (70,71), who used i t t o i d e n -
t i f y t h e presence o f r i f a m p i n and d e s a c e t y l r i f a m p i n i n
biological fluids.
5.3 SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC METHODS
5.31 S p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c assay on b u l k p r o d u c t
The V I S maximum a t 475 nm i n aqueous phos-
phate b u f f e r s o l u t i o n pH 7.38 w i t h an a b s o r p t i v i t y
(g/a) v a l u e o f 18.7 (see S e c t i o n 2.11) enables r i f a m p i n
t o be q u a n t i t a t i v e l y assayed.
The main i m p u r i t i e s o f r i f a m p i n a r e 3-
f o r m y l r i f a m y c i n SV and rifampin-quinone. The two
p r o d u c t s can be s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c a l l y q u a n t i t a t e d : t h e
f i r s t one by an e x t r a c t i o n method u s i n g n-hexane:ethyl-
a c e t a t e ( 2 : l ) (13) and t h e second one by a d i f f e r e n t i a l
s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c method which t a k e s advantage o f t h e
r e d u c t i o n by sodium ascorbate o f t h e quinone ( 1 3).
496
RlFAMPlN
497
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
Table X I V
Spectrophotometric methods f o r t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n o f r i f a m p i n and
i t s m e t a b o l i t e s i n body f l u i d s .
1 1 Compound Analytical
*-
Assayed ar
Body Extraction wavelength
stated i n eference
fluid solvent
the r e f 2
:abrorpt i v i t y ,
I I rence 9/11
I R+DA
475nm and
urine, iso-amyl
335nm ( c a l i -
serum alcohol
b r a t i o n curve) 75
urine
I$;;ne-hexane
I R 335nm ( c a l i -
b r a t i o n curve)
urine,
butanol-hexane 478nm ( c a l i -
serum, b i l e RtDA 76
(4:l) b r a t i o n curve)
and t i s s u e s
urine
1
1
:;;p;ol-hexane
I
I R 478nm (19.6) 77
teeth
butanol-hexane II R
478nm ( C a l i -
(4:l) t i o n curve)
/
I
serum 1;;;oLheptane I R 482nm (15.6) 79
ethylalcohol-
aerum ethylacetate R 475nm (15.5) 80
(1 :1)
~~ ~
cyclohexane- blue l i g h t f i
urine b u t y l acetate j R
I(i :i) ' t i o n curve) I
498
RlFAMPlN
499
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
500
RlFAMPlN
501
Table XV
disks
Table XVI
M i c r o b i o l o q i c a l assays o f r i f a m p i n by s e r i a l t u b e
d i l u t i o n methods.
b i n d i n g o f r i f a m p i n by d i a l y s i s , u l t r a f i l t r a t i o n and
u l t r a c e n t r i f u g a t i o n , a t a c o n c e n t r a t i o n o f 2Opg/ml, t o
be lo%, 90% and 70%, r e s p e c t i v e l y . No c l e a r i n t e r p r e -
t a t i o n was g i v e n f o r t h e d i f f e r i n g data,
I n v i v o experiments o f p r o t e i n b i n d i n g were
c a r r i e d o u t u s i n g ' ' k - r i f a m p i n (128) and about 75% o f
r i f a m p i n was found t o be bound t o human serum p r o t e i n ,
P i l h e u e t a l . (129) found r a t i o s o f 15 t o 40% between
c e r e b r o s p i n a l f l u i d ( c o n s i d e r e d as a p r o t e i n - f r e e f l u i d )
and plasma l e v e l s . Aoyagi has r e p o r t e d (130) t h e
b i n d i n g o f r i f a m p i n t o t h e serum p r o t e i n s o f v a r i o u s
animals: i n t h e horse 40-46%, i n t h e r a b b i t 13-17% and
i n man 17-38%. A r e c e n t s t u d y by d i a l y s i s u s i n g
r i f a m p i n (131) showed t h a t 86.1% and 88.9% o f r i f a m p i n
were bound t o t h e plasmas o f t u b e r c u l a r p a t i e n t s and
503
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
504
R I F AMP IN
Table XVII
Distribution of rifampin i n human tissues and f l u i d s
a f t e r oral administration of a s i n g l e 450 mg dose (105)
f
adm i n i-
stration
16 spleen
l2 lung
\-I
6 Dliver 36
13 I ]gallbladder wall
colon wall
12 s k i n muscle
12 kidney
15 mammary gland
b ovarian c y s t wall
505
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
8. REFERENCES
506
RlFAMPlN
507
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
42.
Experientia, 508 (1 967) .
M.Brufani, W.Fedeli, G.Giacomello and A.Vaciago,
23,
M.Brufani, S.Cerrini, W.Fedeli, and A.Vaciago,
,
J. Mol. B i o l . 87, 409 (1 974).
43. J.C.Colleter, M.Gadret, M.Goursolle and J.M.Legel;
Compt.Red., 279, Ser.C., 1115 (1974).
44. The X-ray powder d i f f r a c t i o n p a t t e r n was o b t a i n e d
a t I s t i t u t o d i Chimica Generale, U n i v e r s i t a ' d i
Parma, 1974.
45. G.Pelizza, M.Nebuloni e t al., t o be published.
46. S.Furesz, Antibiot.C&motherapia, 16,
31 6 (1 970).
47. J.K.Seyde1, Antibiot.Chemotherapia, 16, 380
( 1 970).
48. G.Curci, A.Ninni and F.Di Mezza, Arch.Tisio1.
(Naples), 23, 293 (1968).
49. G.L.Biagi, M.C.Guerra and A.M.Barbaro, Farmaco
LPavia) Ed.Sci., 25, 755 (1970).
50. G.Pelizza, G.C.Lancini, G . C . A l l i e v i and G.G.Gallq
Farmaco (Pavia) Ed.Sci., 28, 298 (1973).
51. A.N.Tischler, F.M.Thompson, L . J . L i b e r t i n i and
, 948 (1974).
52.
53.
M.Calvin, J.Med.Chem.
E.Tomlinson, J.Chromatog. , 113, 1 (1 975)
H.Florstedt, M.Bornschein and R.Voigt, Pharmazie,
.
-
26, 779 (1971).
54. G.Pelizza, G . C . A l l i e v i and G.G.Gallo, Farmaco
(Pavia) Ed.Sci. ,
submitted f o r publication.
55. G.Pelizza, G . C . A l l i e v i e t al., t o be published.
56. G.F.Bersanelli, L e p e t i t Q u a l i t y C o n t r o l Labs.,
P r i v a t e Communication ( 1 974).
57. N.Maggi, A.Vigevani and R.Pallanza, E x p e r i e n t i a ,
-
24, 209 (1968).
508
RlFAMPlN
509
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
78 . .
M. S i l v e s t r i n i - B i a v a t i , S Sacco, M . V i t i and
N.Vespa, A t t i Simposio Naz, Rifampicina, Rome,
,
Vol. I 1 1970, p. 53-C E d i z i o n i Rassegna Medica
L e p e t i t , Milan.
79. ,
M, Alberg hina A t t i Tavola Rotonda R i f ampicina ,
Taormina, 1969, p.59, E d i z i o n i Rassegna Medica,
L e p e t i t , Milan,
P.De Gregorio, Arch.Monaldi (Naples) 27,685( 1972) ,
80.
81
82.
. R.A.Ioffe, A n t i b i o t i k i , 18, 799 (1973).
P.Sensi, C.Coronelli and A,Binaghi, Farmaco
(Pavia) Ed.Prat., 15, 292 (1960).
83. J.M.Finke1, R . F . P i t t i l l o and L.B.Mellett,
Chemotherapv, 16, 380 ( 1 971).
84. D , L e i b f r i t z , Tetrahedron L e t t e r s , 4125 (1974).
85. P.Barza, Farmacia (Bucharest), 21, 273 (1973).
86. P.Barza, Farmacia (Bucharest), 20, 499 (1 972).
87. P.Barza, Farmacia (Bucharest) , 21, 435 (1 973).
88 , P.Barza, Farmacia (Bucharest), 21, 121 (1973).
89. B.J.R.Nicolaus,- C . C o r o n e l l i and A.Binaghi, Farma-
c o (Pavia) Ed.Prat., l6, 349 (1961).
90. P.Sensi, C.Coronelli and B.J.R.Nicolaus, 3.
Chromatorr. 5 , 519 (1961).
91. O.T.Kolos, L.L.Eidus, J.Chromatog., 68, 294
( 1 972).
92. K.Shimizu and O.Kunii, Shinryo, 23, 969 (1970).
93. K.Sano, H.Hakusui, Japan.J.Antibiotics, 23, 416
(1 970) .
94. L.T.Tenconi and E.Beretta, E x c e r p t a Med.Intern.
Congress S e r i e s , No.198, Proc.Europ.Soc.Study
Drua T o x i c i t y , 11,80 (1970).
95. E . B eretta, L e p e t i t Research Labs., P r i v a t e
Communication (1 974).
96. R.Rangone and C.Ambrosio, Farmaco (Pavia) Ed.Prat.
-
26, 237 (1971).
97. E.Beretta, L.T.Tenconi, L e p e t i t Research Labs.,
P r i v a t e Communication (1 969).
98. K.Akimoto and K.Ono, Japan. J . A n t i b i o t i c s , 23,
250 ( 1 970).
99. J.A.Schmit, R.A.Henry, R.C.Williams and J.F.
Dieckman, J.Chromatoa. Sci. , 9, 645 (1971).
510
RI FAMPlN
1971, p.197.
101. M.Martin and G.Guiochon, Bull.Soc.Chim.France,
161 (1973).
102. A.F.Michaelis, D.W,Cornish and R . V i v i l e c c h i a ,
J.Pharm.Sci., 62, 1399 (1973).
103. G.Binda, E.Domenichini, A , G o t t a r d i , B.Orlandi,
E . O r t e l l i , B . P a c i n i and G.Fowst, A r z n e i m i t t e l -
Forsch., 21, 1907 (1971).
104. D.C.Grove and W.A.Randal1, "Assay Method o f A n t i - '
b i o t i c s " , M e d i c a l E n c y c l o p e d i a I n c . N.Y., 1955.
105. S.Furesz, R . S c o t t i , R.Pallanza and E.Mapelli,
d e i m i t t e l - F o r s c h , I l 7 , 534 (1 967).
106. A.Ninni, A.Di F i l i p p o , M.Del Bono and P . N a t a l i ,
Arch.Tisiol.(Naples) 22, 487 (1 967).
107. H.Beeuwkes, H.J.Buytendijk and F.P.V.Maesen,
Arzneimittel-Forsch. , l 9 , 1283 (1 969).
108. F . K r a d o l f e r , L.Neipp and W.Sackmann, A n t i m i c r o -
b i a l Agents Chemotherapy, 359 (1 966).
109. G.Porven and G.Canetti, Rev.Tuberc.Pneumo1.
[Paris) , 32,707 (1 968).
110. L . V e r b i s t and A.Gyselen, Am.Rev.Respirat.Disease,
-
98, 923 (1968).
111. J.C.Pech&e and C .Tancr\ede, Pothol.Bio1.Semaine
Hop., 17,155 (1969).
112. P.Constans, M.Saint-Paul, Y.Morin, G.Bonnaud and
M.Bariety, Rev.Tuberc.Pneumo1. ( P a r i s ) , 32, 991
(1 968).
113. H.Hussels, A c t a Tuberc.Pneumol.Bela., @, 270
( 1969).
114. L . V e r b i s t , A c t a Tuberc.Pneumol.Beln, I 60, 288
( 1969).
115. j.Cla;k and A.Wallace, T u b e r c l e , 48, 144 (1967).
116. G.Miano and G.Peruzzi, A t t i Accad.Lancisiana
[Rome), 13, SuPD1. 1, 39 (1969).
117. E.Paunescu and M.Stoinescu, F t i z i o l o a i a (Bucha-
-
r e s t ) , l8, 467 (1969).
511
GlAN G. G A L L 0 AND PIETRO RADAELLI
512
RlFAMPlN
513
SULFASALAZINE
J. Patrick McDonnell
J. PATRICK McDONNELL
CONTENTS
1. Description
1.1 Name Formula, Molecular Weight
1.2 Appearance, Color Odor
2. Physical Properties
2 . 1 I n f r a r e d Spectrum
2.2 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2 . 3 U l t r a v i o l e t - v i s i b l e Spectrum
2.4 Mass Spectrum
2.5 M e l t i n g Range
2.6 D i s s o c i a t i o n C o n s t a n t s
2.7 Solubility
2.8 D i s t r i b u t i o n C o e f f i c i e n t
3. Synthesis
4. Impurities - Stability
5. Drug Metabolic P r o d u c t s
6. Methods of A n a l y s i s
6 . 1 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrophotometry
6.2 Q u a n t i t a t i v e Thin-Layer Chromatography
6 . 3 Column Chromatography
6.4 Polarography
6.5 T i t r i m e t r i c A n a l y s i s
6 . 6 High Speed Liquid Chromatography
7. D i s t r i b u t i o n i n F l u i d s and T i s s u e s
8. P ha rma c okine t i c s
10. Acknowledgments
11. References
516
SULF ASALAZIN E
SULFASALAZINE
1. Description
.. COOH
1.2
Appearance, C o l o r , Odor
The compound i s a b r i g h t yellow t o brownish-
yellow, o d o r l e s s , f i n e powder.
2. Physical Properties
2.1 I n f r a r e d Spectrum
The i n f r a r e d a b s o r p t i o n spectrum of s u l f a s a l a z i n e
( S a l s b u r y Reference Standard XP-2) i s p r e s e n t e d i n F i g u r e
1. The spectrum was t a k e n i n a potassium bromide p e l l e t
w i t h a Perkin-Elmer, Model 735B I n f r a r e d Spectrophotometer.
The assignments a r e a s f o l l o w s :
2500 - 3400 OH s t r e t c h (bonded)
1670 - 1680 C = 0 vibration
1580 - 1630 C = C or N = N vibrations
1360 C02NH v i b r a t i o n
1280 - 1290 SO2 asymmetrical
1260 - 1278 -
C 0 s t r e t c h i n g v i b r a t i o n o r OH d e f o r m a t i o n
1170 - 1195 S02NH
1135 SO2 group - symmetrical
770, 790, 800 CH d e f o r m a t i o n (aromatic r i n g )
517
H
a
N tn
m
W
rl
7
8- cn
I
8
9
s
0
w8 C
H
?
N
8
N
w
0
0
0
f
0
0
N NOlSSlWSNVMl lN33M3d
518
SULFASALAZINE
2.3 U l t r a v i o l e t - v i s i b l e Spectrum
The u l t r a v i o l e t - v i s i b l e sDectrum o f s u l f a s a l a z i n e
(U.S.P. LN231547, Lot F) i s shown i n F i g u r e 3. It was made '
2.5 M e l t i n g Range
I t m e l t s a t about 255O C w i t h decomposition (1).
519
I I
A
I " " " ' '
IW
' ' ' ' I ' ' ' ' '
600 400 . 2c4
-3
LO 9 8 7
~ . : . : , : . ~ . ~ . : . ~ , ~ . . . ~ . . . ~ , . . .. .. .. I . . . . I . . . .
1
6
PPM
t ....
5
I.... 1 . . . .
.I . . . I ....
,
j .... I
,
..1
I
0
I
Figure 3 U l t r a v i o l e t - v i s i b l e Spectrum
1( 1
SULFASALAZINE
O!
0.t
0.;
QJ
0.f I pH 12.3
2z 0.E
’
0
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
o.a
Wavelength, MI
521
100
90
80
70
60
522
50
YO
30
26
10
50 1110 150
- Sulfasalazine
rl
rl
*rl
w
v)
al
N
m
m
m
c
rn
Figure 4 Mass Spectrum
7
rn
rn
al
M
&
1
SULF ASALAZI NE
2.6 pK Values ( D i s s o c i a t i o n C o n s t a n t s )
The f o u r d i s s o c i a t i o n c o n s t a n t s of s u l f a s a l a z i n e
determined s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c a l l y a r e a s follows: pK1 =
0 . 6 ; pK2 = 2.4; pK3 = 9.7 and pQ = 11.8 ( 4 ) .
2.7 Solubility
The s o l u b i l i t y of s u l f a s a l a z i n e i s a s f o l l o w s ( 1 ) :
P r a c t i c a l l y insoluble i n water
P r a c t i c a l l y insoluble i n ether
P r a c t i c a l l y i n s o l u b l e i n chloroform
P r a c t i c a l l y i n s o l u b l e i n benzene
Very s l i g h l y s o l u b l e i n a l c o h o l
S o l u b l e i n aqueous s o l u t i o n s of a l k a l i hydroxides
3. Synthesis
S u l f a s a l a z i n e i s p r e p a r e d by d i a z o t i z i n g s u l f a p y r i d i n e
and r e a c t i n g t h i s w i t h an a l k a l i n e s o l u t i o n of s a l i c y l i c
a c i d ( 7 , 8). Other r e p o r t e d methods of p r e p a r a t i o n a r e :
-
a ) r e a c t i n g 5 - n i t r o s o s a l i c y l i c a c i d w i t h s u l f a p y r i d i n e , and
-
b) r e a c t i n g n i t r o s o - s u l f a p y r i d i n e w i t h 5 - a m i n o s a l i c y l i c
a c i d (8) (See F i g u r e 5 ) .
4. Impurities - Stability
P a r t i a l c h a r a c t e r i z a t i o n of i m p u r i t i e s i n commercial
s u l f a s a l a z i n e was r e p o r t e d by Stone e t a 1 (9). Of t h e
t h r e e i m p u r i t i e s s t u d i e d , one was proposed t o be a p o s i -
t i o n a l isomer of s u l f a s a l a z i n e ; t h e second t o be polymeric
r e s u l t i n g from t h e f o r m a t i o n of a benzyne i n t e r m e d i a t e ;
and t h e t h i r d an u n d i a z o t i z e d s u l f a m i d e (See F i g u r e 6 ) .
The compound d i d n o t degrade when d i s s o l v e d i n dimethyl-
formamide and was s u b j e c t e d t o thermal stress a t 80° C f o r
196 h o u r s ( 1 0 ) .
5. Drug M e t a b o l i c P r o d u c t s
I n man, s u l f a s a l a z i n e i s metabolized by r e d u c t i v e
c l e a v a g e , presumably by t h e g u t f l o r a , t o s u l f a p y r i d i n e
and 5-aminosalicy i c a c i d . The s u l f a p y r i d i n e p o r t i o n is
t h e n s u b j e c t t o & - a c e t y l a t i o n o r p y r i d i n e r i n g hydroxyl-
a t i o n , followed by c o n j u g a t i o n t o g l u c u r o n i c a c i d , o r both.
The 5 - a m i n o s a l i c y l i c a c i d moiety i s N - a c e t y l a t e d (11) (See
Figure 7). In r a t s , s u l f a s a l a z i n e i s metabolized s i m i l a r
t o t h a t i n man (12, 13).
523
J. PATRICK McDONNELL
Figure 5 Synthesis o f S u l f a s a l a z i n e
Example 1: +
Base
Pcoo
OH
Example 2:
+Q
kOOH
I
=O
NH
-
CH 3coon
9
9
/
Example 3:
524
SULFASALAZINE
Figure 6 S u l f a s a l a z i n e Impurities
Benzyne Intermediate
525
J. PATRICK McDONNELL
I
COOH &-Acetyl su1f.D-
N-Acetyl-5-aminosa l i c y l i c Acid
5 ' -HydKoxysulfaD.rr id i
526
SULFASALAZINE
6. Methods of A n a l y s i s
6.1 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrophotometry
Berggren e t a 1 (5) developed a s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c
procedure f o r s u l f a s a l a z i n e which c o n s i s t e d of d i s s o l v i n g
t h e sample i n 0.1 E sodium h y d r o x i d e , a d j u s t i n g t h e pH t o
between 4 and 5 w i t h 0 . 1 E a c e t i c a c i d and d e t e r m i n i n g t h e
absorbance i n a 1 cm q u a r t z c e l l a t 359 mu. T h i s method
was a l s o r e p o r t e d i n t h e 1953 E d i t i o n of T e s t s and
S t a n d a r d s f o r New and N o n o f f i c i a l Remedies (14).
527
J. PATRICK McDONNELL
6.4 Polarography
A p o l a r o g r a p h i c method of a n a l y s i s f o r s u l f a -
s a l a z i n e h a s been p r e l i m i n a r i l y o u t l i n e d by Nygard (17) and
i n d e p e n d e n t l y a l s o by Lastovkove e t a 1 (18). Based on t h e
work of t h e s e i n v e s t i g a t o r s , Nygard et (19) developed a
p o l a r o g r a p h i c a s s a y method which t h e y used t o determine
sulfasalazine purity.
6.5 T i t r i m e t r i c Analysis
Berggren e t a 1 (5) a l s o developed a t i t r i m e t r i c
method of a n a l y s i s which was adopted i n t h e 1953 New and
N o n o f f i c i a l Remedies (14). The sample i s d i s s o l v e d i n 2
ammonium hydroxide and d i l u t e d t o volume w i t h w a t e r . The
s o l u t i o n i s h e a t e d t o 70' C and carbon d i o x i d e i s passed
through i t . H y d r o c h l o r i c a c i d and 0.1 t i t a n i u m tri-
c h l o r i d e a r e added and t h e mixture i s maintained a t 70° C
u n t i l a l l t h e p r e c i p i t a t e has gone i n t o s o l u t i o n . It i s
cooled t o 1 5 0 C and t h e e x c e s s t i t a n i u m t r i c h l o r i d e i s
t i t r a t e d w i t h 0.1 f e r r i s c h l o r i d e u s i n g 2 m l of 10%
ammonium t h i o c y a n a t e a s t h e i n d i c a t o r .
528
SULFASALAZINE
a low p r e s s u r e mercury s o u r c e .
7. D i s t r i b u t i o n i n F l u i d s and T i s s u e s
Following i n t r a v e n o u s i n j e c t i o n i n mice, s u l f a s a l a z i n e
a t t a c h e d t o c o n n e c t i v e t i s s u e and was p r e s e n t a l s o i n h i g h
c o n c e n t r a t i o n s i n p e r i t o n e a l , p l e u r a l and s y n o v i a l f l u i d s ,
i n t h e l i v e r , and i n t h e i n t e s t i n a l lumen (21, 2 2 ) .
8, Pharmacokine t i c s
The s t e a d y - s t a t e serum c o n c e n t r a t i o n s i n humans f o r
s u l f a s a l a z i n e and i t s m e t a b o l i t e s o b t a i n e d by Day 5 (dose
4 grams d a i l y ) were a s f o l l o w s :
Range Median
S u l f a sa l a z i n e 4 . 7 t o 45 u d m l 12 u d m l
T o t a l S u l f a p y r i d i n e M e t a b o l i t e s 37 t o 9 2 ug'jml 50 ug/ml
T o t a l 5-Aminosalicylic Acid Less t h a n 2 ug/ml -
The u r i n a r y e x c r e t i o n of unmetabolized s u l f a s a l a z i n e
ranged from 1.7% t o 10%of t h e dose. Approximately 80% of
t h e dose was e x c r e t e d i n t h e u r i n e a s m e t a b o l i t e s of s u l f a -
p y r i d i n e and o n e - t h i r d of t h e dose was e x c r e t e d a s t h e
m e t a b o l i t e of 5 - a m i n o s a l i c y l i c a c i d . Feces d i d n o t c o n t a i n
any s u l f a s a l a z i n e , b u t about 5% of t h e dose was p r e s e n t a s
m e t a b o l i t e s of s u l f a p y r i d i n e , and a n unknown amount a s
m e t a b o l i t e s of 5 - a m i n o s a l i c y l i c a c i d (11).
9. D e t e r m i n a t i o n i n Body F l u i d s and T i s s u e s
9.1 Spectrophotometry
von P o r a t (23). . p-u b l i s h e d two c o l o r i m e t r i c methods
f o r t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n of s u l f a s a l a z i n e i n serum. One was
a d i r e c t measurement of t h e drug c o l o r i n a l k a l i n e serum.
The serum b l a n k , however, was h i g h , c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o 1 4
ug/ml of s u l f a s a l a z i n e . I n a d d i t i o n , hemolyzed and i c t e r i c
s e r a i n t e r f e r r e d c o n s i d e r a b l y w i t h t h e measurement. The
o t h e r method involved a combined p r e c i p i t a t i o n and e x t r a c -
t i o n method. The serum b l a n k d e c r e a s e d t o 5 ug/ml and t h e
i n t e r f e r e n c e from i c t e r i c s e r a diminished.
B o t t i g e r (24) r e p o r t e d a d i r e c t c o l o r i m e t r i c
method s i m i l a r t o von P o r a t ' s . He used an a c i d i f i e d
p o r t i o n of t h e serum sample a s a r e f e r e n c e . The e f f e c t of
s l i g h t hemolysis and i c t e r i c s e r a were t h u s , t o a l a r g e
e x t e n t , eliminated.
529
J. PATRICK McDONNELL
Sandberg (25) p r e s e n t e d a s p e c t r o p h o t o m e t r i c
method f o r d e t e r m i n i n g s u l f a s a l a z i n e i n serum and u r i n e by
e x t r a c t i n g t h e compound i n t a c t and measuring s p e c t r o p h o t o -
m e t r i c a l l y a t 455 run. I n b i l e and f e c e s t h e drug was
reduced t o s u l f a p y r i d i n e which was e x t r a c t e d and t h e n
determined w i t h a s l i g h t l y modified B r a t t o n - M a r s h a l l
procedure. A f t e r t h e e x t r a c t i o n s t e p , serum, u r i n e , b i l e
and f e c e s gave low b l a n k v a l u e s c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o 0.3 and
1 ug/ml s u l f a s a l a z i n e i n serum and u r i n e and less t h a n 1
ug/ml i n b i l e and f e c e s .
9.2 Polarography
Nygard (17) d e s c r i b e d a p o l a r o g r a p h i c method f o r
a n a l y z i n g s u l f a s a l a z i n e i n serum. Due t o t h e formation of
a p o l a r o g r a p h i c , n o n - r e d u c i b l e a d d u c t between serum
p r o t e i n s and s u l f a s a l a z i n e , 1,2-diphenyl-3,5-dioxo-4-n-
b u t y l p y r a z o l i d i n e ( B u t a z o l i d i n R ) was added t o d i s p l a c e
s u l f a s a l a z i n e from i t s molecular a d d u c t w i t h albumin.
11. References
530
SULFASALAZINE
531
J. PATRICK McDONNELL
I n t h e p r e p a r a t i o n of t h i s A n a l y t i c a l P r o f i l e , t h e
l i t e r a t u r e was reviewed t h r o u g h September, 1975.
532
TESTOLACTONE
Klaus Florey
KLAUS FLOREY
CONTENTS
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weight
1.2 Appearance, Color, odor
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Infrared Spectrum
2.2 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum
2.3 Ultraviolet Spectrum
2.4 Mass Spectrum
2.5 Optical Rotation
2.6 Melting Range
2.7 Differential Thermal Analysis
2.8 Solubility
2.9 Crystal Properties
3. Synthesis
4. Stability, Degradation
5. Drug Metabolism
6. Methods of Analysis
6.1 Elemental Analysis
6.2 Phase solubility Analysis
6.3 Colorimetric Analysis
6.4 Fluorometric Analysis
6.5 Non-aqueous Titration
6.6 Chromatographic Analysis
6.61 Paper
6.62 Thin Layer
6.63 column
6.64 Vapor Phase
7. Determination in Pharmaceutical Preparations
8. References
534
TESTOLACTONE
1. Description
1.1 Name, Formula, Molecular Weiqht
Testolactone is also known as
A t -testololactone, l-dehydro-testololactone,
13,17 secoandrosta-1,4-dien-l7-oic acid, 13-
hydroxy-3-oxo-~-lactoneand D-homo-17a-oxaandros-
ta-1,4-diene-3,17-dione. SQ 9538.
2. Physical Properties
2.1 Infrared Spectrum
The infrared spectrum (KBr pellet) of
testolactone (batch 36B) is presented in Figure
1. It supports the presence of a lactone with a
carbonyl stretching frequency of 1703 cm'l and
an A ring dienone with a carbonyl stretching
frequency at 1650 cm'l and C=C sf.r$iching
frequencies of 1620 and 1595 cm- . This
agrees with data presented by Fried et.al. 1,12
and the spectrum given by Gual, Corfman and
Rosenkrantz25. The same authors also reported
frequencies in the fingerprint region26 .
535
Figure 1. Infra R e d Spectrum of Testolactone (batch 36B). KBr Pellet.
Instrument: Perkin-Elmer 621.
TESTOLACTONE
2.2 N u c l e a r M a g n e t i c Resonance S p e c t r u m
The 60 MHz p r o t o n s p e c t r u m i s shown i n
F i g u r e 2. T h e r e a r e 24 p r o t o n s p r e s e n t . The
C - 1 8 and C-19 p r o t o n s o c c u r a s 3 - p r o t o n s i n g l e t s ,
t h e C - 1 proton i s a d o u b l e t , t h e C-2 p r o t o n i s a
q u a r t e t a n d t h e C-4 p r o t o n a p p e a r s a s a b r o a d
m u l t i p l e t (see T a b l e 1)24.
2.3 U l t r a v i o l e t Spectrum
Fried et. a l . reported max 242 nm
( 6 = 1 5 , 8 0 0 ) . An E l c r n o f 545 a t t h e same wave-
1%
l e n g t h was r e p o r t e d f o r S q u i b b House S t a n d a r d
( L o t # 41040-102) 27.
Table I *
60 MHz NMR D a t a i n CDC13
Group SQ 9 , 5 3 8
B a t c h #36B
c- 1 7.05 d; J = 10
192
c- 2 6.28 q; J = 1.5
294
J 1 , 2 = 10
c-4 6.13 m
C- 18 1.25 s
c-19 1.40 s
*
The chemical s h i f t s are i n d e l t a , w i t h
i n t e r n a l r e f e r e n c e TMS.
s = s i n g l e t ; d = doublet; m = multiplet;q=quartet
J = c o u p l i n g c o n s t a n t i n Hz.
537
.. . .. . . . -.
539
Figure 3. Low-resolution mass spectrum of Testolactone (Batch 36B).
Instrument: AEI-MS-902.
TESTOLACTONE
2.5 Optical R o t a t i o n 23 0
Fried e t . a l . 1 reported [ a y -44
( c = 1 . 2 9 i n CHC13).[alD - 49.2 w a s f e c o r d e d
f o r S q u i b b House S t a n d a r d L o t 41040-10227.
2.6 M e l t i n g Range
A m e l t i n g r a n g e o f 218-219O w a s
r e p o r t e d by F r i e d e t . a l . ’ The m e l t i n g b e h a v i o r
on t h e K o f l e r h o t s t a g e h a s been d e s c r i b e d 3 5 .
2.7
D i f f e r e n t i a l Thermal A n a l y s i s
of h o u s e s t a n d a r d L o t 4
D.T.A.
showed a l a r g e s i n g l e endotherm a t 219OC $940-102
,
2.8 Solubility
Testolactone is s l i g h t l y soluble i n
w a t e r and i n b e n z y l a l c o h o l , i s s o l u b l e i n
a l c o h o l and i n c h l o r o f o r m and i s i n s o l u b l e i n
e t h e r and i n s o l v e n t h e ~ a n e ~ ~ .
541
KLAUS FLOREY
Table 2
1 dl * Relative Intensity
**
7.75 0.74
6.52 0.40
6.20 0.11
5.60 0.11
5 . 30 - 1.00
0 .72
4.85
4.62 0 .09
4.34 0.06
4.05 0.15
3.95 0.14
3.80 0.32
3.85 0.17
3.71 0.57
3.45 0.43
3.29 0.15
3.22 0.14
3.16 0.41
3.10 0.16
2.94 0.17
2.86 0.06
2.67 0.04
2.57 0.09
2.44 0.05
2.32 0.04
* d i n A0 = i n t e r p l a n a r d i s t a n c e
**b a s e d on h i g h e s t i n t e n s i t y of 1.00
R a d i a t i o n : K c l l and Ka2 Copper
I n s t r u m e n t : P h i 11i p s
542
543
d
d
a,
'0
4
U
JJ
Figure 4. Powder X-ray diffraction pattern of testolactone
u
m
0
c
(batch 41040-102) Instrument: Phillips
KLAUS FLOREY
3. Synthesis
Testolactone") was first isolated and
identified as a bio-oxidative product of the
fermentation of progesterone (I1), with
Cylindrocarpon radicola by Fried, Thoma and
Klingsbergl, (see Figure 5). Peterson, Thoma,
Perlman and Fried2 were able to show that
l-dehydro-testosterone(111) and A1,4-andro-
stadiene-3,17-dione(Iv) are intermediates in
this conversion. Conversion of testololactone(V)
to testolactone('1 by the same microorganism has
been observed5. other microorganisms have also
been used for the production of testo-
lactone6'11j 19. Patents also have been
issued12-17. A chemical synthesis of testolac-
tone starting with epiandrosterone acetate via
epiandrololactone and dihydrotestololactone
.
has been reportedi8
544
fH3
c=o 0
0 &-lz2??:#
I1 I11
F i g u r e 5 . S y n t h e s i s and D e g r a d a t i o n .
KLAUS FLOREY
4. Stability, Deqradation
Testolactone is very stable as a solid. In
strongly alkaline solution the lactone ring will
open to A' -testolic acid2'(VI). This can also
be accomplished by microbiological degradation.
Other microbiological transformation products
are 15-keto-testo-lactone(VII) l-methyl-cyclo-
hexan-l-ol-4-keto 2,3-diproprionic acid lactone
(VIII) and surprisingly 7a-methylhexahydrindan-
1,5-dione-4a- (3-prapionic acid) (IX)22 (see
Table 4).
It has been reported23 that hydrocortisone
and prednisolone when exposed to ultraviolet
radiation or ordinary fluorescent laboratory
lighting in alcoholic solutions, undergo
photolytic degradation of the A-ring. Since
testolactone has the same A-ring as prednisolone
it probably also is labile under these
conditions.
5. Drug Metabolism
In human subjects the urinary metabolites
found were unchanged testolactone and 3a, 13a-
dihydroxy-13,17-seco-5~-and~O~ta-l-ene-l7-oic
acid lactone the latter both in the free form
and as the glucuronide.
546
TESTOLACTONE
6. Methods o f A n a l y s i s
6.1 Elemental Analysis
Found
C a l c f o r C1gH2403
1 27
Fried, et. a 1 House S t d .
C 75.97 76.29 75.89
H 8.05 7.81 8.23
6.2 Phase S o l u b i l i t y A n a l y s i s
The p u r i t y o f S q u i b b House S t a n d a r d l o t
41040-102 was found t o be 99.6% p u r e by p h a s e
s o l u b i l i t y analysis27. The s o l v e n t system used
was n-propanol-methanol (2:l). Equilibration
was c a r r i e d o u t o v e r 24 h o u r s a t 25OC. The
e x t r a p o l a t e d s o l u b i l i t y was d e t e r m i n e d a t
25.5 mg/g of s o l v e n t .
547
KLAUS FLOREY
P r o g e s t e r o n e and 1-dehydro-progesterone do n o t
interfere31.
6.5 Nonaqueous T i t r a t i o n
I t h a s been r e p o r t e d 3 2 t h a t t e s t o -
l a c t o n e a f t e r p r e c i p i t a t i o n w i t h sodium
p h e n y l b o r a t e can be t i t r a t e d w i t h c e t y l
pyridinium c h l o r i d e and thymol b l u e i n d i c a t o r
w i t h a c c e p t a b l e accuracy.
6.6 Chromatographic A n a l y s i s
6 . 6 1 Paper Chromatoqraphic A n a l y s i s
The f o l l o w i n g paper chromato-
s.
g r a p h i c s o l v e n t systems have b e n r e p o r t e d :
1. ) Methycyclohexane-carbitol
2 . ) Toluene-propylene g l y c o l 2 .
3 . ) Propylene glycol-cyclohexane-chloroform 7 .
4.) Toluene s a t u r a t e d w i t h propylene glyco133.
5. ) Impregnation w i t h formamide-rnethanol(20:80)
t h e n methyl i s o b u t y l ketone-formamide
(20 :1)33, --
6. ) Methylcyclohexane-chloroform (4: 1) ”.
A l l systems s e p a r a t e t e s t o l a c t o n e
from p r o g e s t e r o n e , A1, $-andros ta-diene-dione and
testolactone. I n system 4 p r o g e s t e r o n e and
t e s t o l o l a c t o n e have g r e a t e r m o b i l i t i e s t h a n
testolactone. I n system 5 A I 4 - and A I 5 -
t e s t o l a c t o n e ( b o t h w i t h an R f of 0.68) can be
s e p a r a t e d from t e s t o l a c t o n e (Rf 0 . 6 0 ) . I n
system 6 t h e o r d e r of s e p a r a t i o n ( w i t h i n c r e a s i r q
Rf) i s a s f o l l o w s : t e s t o l a c t o n e ( R f 0.23)
t e s t o l o l a c t o n e , t e s t o s t e r o n e , and p r o g e s t e r o n e .
System 4, 5 and 6 have a l s o been used f o r
q u a n t i t a t i o n f o l l o w i n g t h e g e n e r a l procedure of
R o b e r t s a n d F 1 0 r e y ~ ~ .I n systems 4, 5 and 6
e l u t i o n w i t h an a c i d i f i e d m e t h a n o l i c s o l u t i o n of
i s o n i c o t i n i c a c i d h y d r a z i d e was u s e d , f o l l o w e d by
q u a n t i t a t i o n (see s e c t i o n 6 . 3 ) . A l t e r n a t e l y i n
system 6 e l u t i o n w i t h 95% e t h a n o l and measure-
ment of absorption at 242 nm can also be used33.
6.62 Thin Layer Chromatographic Analysis
The following thin-layer chromatographic solvent systems
have been reported:
1.) The method of Belic and Socic19 is summarized in Table 3:
Table 3. Rf-values and color reaction of steroids with 50% sulphuric acid
on silica gel developed with cyclohexane/ethylacetate (1:2).
7. Determination i n Pharmaceutical P r e p a r a t i o n s
I n a d d i t i o n t o t h e compendia1 i s o n i c o t i n i c
a c i d h y d r a z i d e assay2' (see s e c t i o n 6 . 3 ) , t h e
p a p e r c h r o m a t o g r a p h i c s y s t e m s (see s e c t i o n 6 . 6 1 )
2 and 6 h a v e b e e n u s e d a s a s t a b i l i t y i n d i c a t i n g
a s s a y f o r t e s t o l a c t o n e i n s u s p e n s i o n and
t a b l e t s 3 3 f o l l o w i n t h e g e n e r a l procedure of
R o b e r t s and F l o r e y34 .
550
TESTOLACTONE
8. References
1. J. F r i e d , R. W. Thoma and A . K l i n g s b e r g ,
J. Am. Chem. SOC. 75,5764 ( 1 9 5 3 ) .
2. G. E. P e t e r s o n , R. W. Thoma, D. Perlman
and J. F r i e d , J. B a c t e r i o l . 7 4 , 6 8 4 ( 1 9 5 7 ) .
3. E. L. Rongone, A . S e g a l o f f , J. F r i e d and
E. Sabo, J. B i o l . Chem. *,2624(1961).
4. E . L. Rongone, Arch.Biochm.Biophys. 9 8 , 2 9 2
(1962) .
5. E. J. K u s n e r and R. D. G a r r e t t , S t e r o i d s l7,
521 ( 1 9 7 1 ) .
6. M. Nishikawa, S. Noguchi, T. Hasegawa and
I . Banno, J . Pharm. SOC. J a p a n 7 6 , 3 8 3 (1956) ;
Pharm. B u l l . ( J a p a n ) 3 , 3 2 2 ( 1 9 5 5 ) , C. A. 5 0 ,
13165d(1 9 5 6 ) .
7. S. A . S z p i f o g e l , M. S . de W i n t e r and
W. J. A l s c h e , R e c . t r a v . chim 7 5 , 4 0 2 ( 1 9 5 6 ) .
8. A . Capek and 0. Hanc, F o l i a m i c r o b i o l .
-
5 251 (1960) C . A . 55, 3729a ( 1 9 6 1 ) .
9. E. Kondo, S h i o n o g i Kenkyusho Numpo l O , 9 1
(1960) C.A. 54, 25026(1960)
10. K. S i n g h and S. R a h k i t , Biochim. Biophys.
Acta 1 4 4 , 1 3 9 ( 1 9 6 7 ) .
11. T. L. M i l l e r , Biochim. Biophys. A c t a ,
-
270,167 ( 1 9 7 2 ) .
12. U.S. P a t e n t 2,744,120, May 1,1956;C.A. 50
14812 (1956) .
13. U.S. P a t e n t 2,823,171, F e b r u a r y 11,1958;
C . A . 52, 9 2 3 5 d ( 1 9 5 8 ) .
14. U . S . P a t e n t 2 , 8 6 8 , 6 9 4 , J a n u a r y 13,1959;C.A.53,
9295e (1959) .
15. B r i t . P a t e n t 7 9 2 , 8 0 3 , A p r i l 2,1958;C.A. 53,
2293a (1959) .
16. Gen. P a t e n t 1,021,845, J a n u a r y 2 , 1958;
C . A . 54, 4 6 8 6 ( 1 9 6 0 ) .
17. J a p a n P a t e n t 3 1 (158) J a n u a r y 1 0 ; C . A . 5 2 ,
17629 ( 1 9 5 8 ) .
551
KLAUS FLOREY
552
TESTOLACTON E
33. H. R. R o b e r t s , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e ,
p e r s o n a l communication.
34. H. R. Roberts a n d K. F l o r e y , J. Pharm. S c i . ,
51,794 (1962).
35. K u h n e r t - B r a n d s t a t t e r , P. G a s s e r , P. D. L a r k ,
P. L i n d e r a n d G. K r a m e r , Microchem J. 2 , 7 1 9
(1972).
3 6 . H. J a c o b s o n , The S q u i b b I n s t i t u t e ,
p e r s o n a l communication.
L i t e r a t u r e s u r v e y e d t h r o u g h 1973.
553
ADDENDA AND ERRATA
ADDENDA AND ERRATA
D i a t r i z o i c Acid
Volume 4 , p. 151
For d e t e c t i o n of f r e e i o d i n e and i o d i d e ,
t h e f i l t r a t e i s a c i d i f i e d , chloroform
and sodium n i t r i t e a r e added, and t h e
r e d d i s h c o l o r i n t h e chloroform l a y e r
i s compared t o a s t a n d a r d s o l u t i o n ( 4 , 1 2 1 .
1sosorbi.de D i n i t r a t e
V o l u m e 4 , p. 225
The correct name of t h e f i r s t a u t h o r i s
Sivieri, not S i l v i e r i .
Phenformin Hydrochloride
V o l u m e 4 , p. 319
To t h e embarrassment and r e g r e t of t h e e d i t o r ,
t h e f u l l l i s t of a u t h o r s was i n a d v e r t e n t l y n o t
p r e s e n t e d by him f o r t h i s P r o f i l e . The correct
t i t l e is:
Phenformin Hydrochloride
5. Chemical i o n i z a t i o n m a s s s p e c t r o m e t r y was
used f o r t h e d e t e r m i n a t i o n of Phenformin
Hydrochloride i n b i o l o g i c a l f l u i d s by
S. B. Matin, J. K. Karam, P. H. Forsham
and J. B. Knight, Biomedical Mass
-
Spectrometry 1, 320 ( 1 9 7 4 ) .
556
ADDENDA AND ERRATA
- * 4, p. 386
It was pointed out by Prof. H. Vanderhaeghe of
Leuven, Belgium that in the structural formula
on p. 386 the substituent on C15 should be H
(see formula on p. 400). Also, since the
absolute configuration is known (see Klyne and
Buckingham, "Atlas of Stereochemistry,I'
Chapman and Hall (1974)1, the structure given
is that of the inactive enantiomer.
The correct structural formula is:
bCH3
OCH3
Tolbutamide
Volume 3, p. 513
5. Solid probe c..emical ion-zation mass
spectrometry and gas chromatography has
been used for the determination of
Tolbutamide and its metabolites in human
plasma by S . B. Matin and J. B. Knight,
Biomedical Mass Spectrometry L, 323 (1974).
Triflupromazine Hydrochloride
Volume 2, p. 523
2.5 pKa
The pKa of 6.5 as listed in Volume 2,
p. 533 is in error. Reexamination by
Dr. H. Jacobson (The Squibb Institute)
gave a pKa value of 9.45, in reasonable
agreement with values determined by
557
ADDENDA AND ERRATA
references 8 and 9 .
2.10 The c r y s t a l s t r u c t u r e of Triflumpromazine
Hydrochloride has been determined by
x-ray d i f f r a c t i o n by D . W . Phelps and
A. W; Cordes, Acta Cryst. g,
2812 ( 1 9 7 4 ) .
558
CUMULATIVE INDEX
Italic numerals refer to Volume numbers.
559
CUMULATIVE INDEX
A 6
8 7
C 8
D 9
€ 0
F 1
C 2
H 3
1 4
1 5
560